1974-1975 BULLETIN OF WELLESLEY COLLEGE

CATALOGUE ISSUE SEPTEMBER 1974

1974-1975 BULLETIN OF WELLESLEY COLLEGE

^^>^S(^

Volume 64, Number 1 Catalogue Issue

Bulletin published eight times a year by Wellesley College, Green Hall, Wellesley,

Massachusetts 02181 . September, one; October, one; November, two; January, one; March, one; April, one; May, one. 2 CONTENTS

Contents

Academ ic Calendar 1 974-1 975

The College

Admission

Financial Information

Student Life

The Campus

Academic Program

Courses of Instruction

Officers of Instruction

Administration

Alumnae Organization

Index ACADEMIC CALENDAR

Academic Calendar

First Semester 4 CORRESPONDENCE/VISITORS

Correspondence Visitors

President Vice President for Business Affairs Wellesley welcomes visitors to the College. General interests of the College Business matters The administrative offices in Green Hall are open Monday through Friday, 8;30 a.m. to Dean of the College Vice President for Resources 4:30 p.m., and by appointment on Saturday Academic policies and programs Gifts and bequests mornings during term time. Special arrange- Admission of graduate students ments for greeting prospective students can Executive Director, Alumnae Association also be made during vacation periods. Rooms Class Deans Alumnae interests for alumnae and for parents of students or Individual students prospective students are available on the Study abroad; students from abroad College Information Services campus in the Wellesley College Club and General College information may be reserved by vi/riting to the club Director of Admission manager. Admission of undergraduate students A prospective student who wishes to arrange an interview with a member of the profession- Financial Aid Officer al staff of the Board of Admission should Financial aid make an appointment well in advance. Student Services Address Student guides provide tours for visitors with- Residence; health services; counseling Wellesley College out previous appointment. Visitors to the Wellesley, Massachusetts 021 81 College may call the Board of Admission prior Bursar (617)235-0320 to their visit to arrange a mutually convenient College fees time for the tour.

Recorder Transcripts of records

Director of Continuing Education Continuing education

Dean of Academic Programs MIT cross-registration Exchange programs

Director of Career Services Employment of students and alumnae BOARD OF TRUSTEES 6 BOARD OF TRUSTEES

Nelson J. Darling, Jr., LL.B. Walter Hunnewell, MBA. Mary Ann Dilley Staub, B.A. Chairman of the Board Wellesley, Massachusetts Winnetka, Illinois Swampscott, Massachusetts David 0. Ives, MBA. Nancy Angell Streeter, B.A. Betty Freyhof Johnson, M.A. Lincoln, Massachusetts New York, New York Vice Chairman Cincinnati, Ohio Barbara Loomis Jackson, Ed.D. Kathie Ann Whipple, B.A. Cambridge, Massachusetts South Yarmouth, Massachusetts John Kenneth Spring, M.B.A. Treasurer Carol G. Johnson Johns, M.D. Barbara W. Newell, Ph.D., ex officio Concord, Massachusetts Baltimore, Maryland President of Wellesley College Wellesley, Massachusetts Betsy Ancker-Johnson, Ph.D. Howard Wesley Johnson, M.A. Washington, D.C. Boston, Massachusetts Dorothy Dann Collins, B.A., ex officio President of the Wellesley College Florence Van Dyke Anderson, B.A. Mary Gardiner Jones. LL.B. Alumnae Association Golden, Colorado Urbana, Illinois Dallas, Texas

Erwin Dain Canham, M.A. (Oxon.) Hilda Rosenbaum Kahne, Ph.D. Boston, Massachusetts Lexington, Massachusetts Trustees Emeriti

Harriet Segal Cohn, B.A. Mildred Lane Kemper, B.A. The Hon. Charles C. Cabot, LL.B. Brookline, Massachusetts Kansas City, Missouri Dover, Massachusetts

Ann Rockefeller Coste, B.A. George Howell Kidder, LL.B. The Rev. Palfrey Perkins, D.D. New York, New York Concord, Massachusetts Boston, Massachusetts

Barbara Buckstein Green, Ph.D. Robert Lawrence, B.A. John R. Quarles, J.D. Shaker Heights, Ohio Westwood, Massachusetts Wellesley, Massachusetts

Harvey H. Guthrie, Jr., Th.D. Suzanne Carreau Mueller, B.A. Cambridge, Massachusetts New York, New York

William E. Hartmann, B.Arch. Samuel H. Proger, M.D. Chicago, Illinois Brookline, Massachusetts

Barbara Barnes Hauptfuhrer, B.A. George Putnam, M.B.A. Huntingdon Valley, Pennsylvania Manchester, Massachusetts

Anne Cohen Heller, M.D. Rose Clymer Rumford, B.A. New York, New York Baltimore, Maryland

James T. Hill, Jr., LL.B. Camilla Chandler Spear, B.A. New York, New York Pasadena, California THE COLLEGE 8 PRESIDENTS

Ada Howard

1 875-1 881

Alice Freeman Palmer 1881-1887

Helen Shafer 1887-1894

Julia Irvine 1894-1899

Caroline Hazard 1899-1910

Ellen Fitz Pendleton 1911-1936

Mildred McAfee Horton 1936-1949

Margaret Clapp 1949-1966

Ruth M. Adams 1 966-1 972

Barbara W. Newell 1972- The College THE COLLEGE 9

A student's years at Wellesley College are the A primary concern in the Wellesley classroom Students in the arts find excellent facilities in beginning — not the end— of an education. It is the development of analytical skills and the Jewett Arts Center which has a teaching is an education characterized by sensitivity clarity of expression; to this end, most in- museum, libraries, practice rooms, studios, and knowledge, and by the mastery of intel- structors emphasize writing papers and re- and an auditorium. Each year the Museum lectual skills and the growth of a discerning ports. Classes are small, with the average size has several exhibitions of students' work, and mind. Above all, its aim is the wisdom to use ranging from 22 to 25 students. Popular intro- Jewett is also used for students' concerts and knowledge to enhance one's own life and to ductory courses which enroll more than 100 recitals. participate more effectively in the larger students include small discussion or confer- The Wellesley curriculum is extended through community. ence sections. Upper level classes and semi- opportunities for cross-registration with the nars bring together 12 to 15 students and an Wellesley offers this education in an environ- Massachusetts Institute of Technology, ex- instructor to pursue a common problem. The ment which takes women seriously as indi- change programs, and study abroad. student-faculty ratio of 11 to 1 offers an excel- viduals, as scholars, and as leaders. lent opportunity for students to undertake MIT men and women come to Wellesley for Although education at Wellesley will be 100 individual work with faculty on honors proj- such courses as psychology, economics, and years old in 1 975, it continues to reflect the ects and research. art history. Wellesley women travel to MIT for goals of its founder, Henry Fowie Durant. He such classes as urban planning, political sci- Wellesley's faculty— of whom 54 percent are was an impassioned believer in equality for ence, and photography. Buses shuttle hourly women — bring to the College diverse aca- women, who saw education as the way wom- along the 12 mile route between the two demic and professional interests. They are en could prepare themselves for "great con- campuses. scholars as well as poets, novelists, artists, flicts" and "vast reforms in social life." musicians, scientists, political and economic The Twelve College Exchange Program each Wellesley College reaffirmed these early vi- analysts. A number live on or near the cam- year brings men and women from other New sions in 1971 when, after seriously consider- pus, and they take part in many aspects of England colleges to Wellesley for a semester ing coeducation, it elected to remain a college College life. or a year, and enables Wellesley students to for women only. live and study on another campus. Intellectual development at Wellesley is but- Throughout the years, Wellesley has encour- tressed by outstanding resources and facili- Wellesley also offers opportunities for study aged women to make unconventional ties. The Margaret Clapp Library has an exten- abroad through the Slater and Waddell fellow- choices, and it continues to encourage sive general collection containing original ship programs. The Slater program under- students to seek for themselves a range of source material from special collections. In writes the cost of attending European insti- options. As a result, many Wellesley women addition to the facilities of the main library, tutions for a summer or academic year, and it choose to major in such areas as economics, many departments have their own libraries. In brings Slater mathematics, and the sciences and Fellows from abroad to the the sciences, facilities include laboratories, Wellesley campus. The Waddell program pro- subsequently enter careers in business, law, greenhouses, an observatory, and special vides funds for study in countries and medicine —all fields which have been Caribbean equipment such as controlled environment or in Africa. long dominated by men. Wellesley does not have its own chambers, an electron microscope, and a junior year abroad program, but it does help This conscious effort to provide women with a laser beam spectrophotometer. Wellesley's students make arrangements for such study full range of career and life choices is an inte- physics laboratory was the second such lab- by direct enrollment in foreign universities or gral part of Wellesley's rigorous and demand- oratory in the country (the first was at the through application to such programs admin- ing academic experience. Massachusetts Institute of Technology). A istered by other colleges. new Science Center, for which construction High academic standards at Wellesley are has already begun, will bring together all of combined with considerable flexibility of the science departments, including choice for the individual student. There are mathe- matics and the computer center, in a contem- opportunities for independent study, indi- porary setting where interdisciplinary vidually designed majors, and research. studies can be fostered. 10 THE COLLEGE

One advantage of women's colleges is the Each week orings lectures, poetry readings, As an individual learns and grows, so, too, opportunity for women to assume leadership films, exhibitions, and performances in does a community. It explores and seeks al- in college organizations and activities. These dance, theatre, and music. Visiting artists ternatives, makes mistakes and begins anew. options frequently are closed to women in and lecturers frequently offer master classes The past five years at Wellesley have wit- coeducational institutions where extracurric- for interested students; receptions and infor- nessed marked changes in the curriculum and ular activities are dominated by male students. mal dinners provide further occasions for academic policies as well as in policies gov- students to talk with distinguished men and erning students' lives on campus. This Wellesley students serve on almost all major women. change— and it is a continuing process- committees— including committees of the comes about through the efforts of individ- Board of Trustees, Academic Council, the While Wellesley encourages the participation uals who influence and shape the College Board of Admission, and the Commission on of its students in events and activities de- environment. The College, in turn, influences Community Life. In academic departments, signed to heighten their awareness of the the lives of each member of its community. they are voting members of curriculum and world around them, a student's inner develop- faculty search committees, and they also ment and her search for personal and spiritual In its desire to create the best possible edu- serve on committees which set policy for resi- values is also an important process. Over the cation for women, Wellesley continues to dential life and which govern Schneider Col- past few years, there has been an increasing seek solutions to problems faced by both lege Center, the focus for much student and interest in ethical and religious issues and women and men in a changing society. It is community activity on campus. activities. The Office of the Chaplain spon- looking, too, at its own community, and is

sors special seminars and programs in which trying to make it a better place in which to In 1918 students and faculty concluded an students can explore these issues as well as work and to study and to grow. It is exploring historic Agreement creating the College Gov- share with one another the celebration of reli- new patterns of work, new ways for campus ernment which allows for student control over gious holidays. The chaplaincy provides a groups to communicate more effectively with most nonacademic aspects of their lives and religious program embracing many faiths, but one another, and new styles of residential for faculty supervision of academic matters. also offers denominational programs for life. College Government officers are elected each those who wish to participate. spring by the students, and the president of Each student who comes to Wellesley College College Government heads the student Sen- The development of social responsibility and joins a continuing community, for the support ate which consists of students, faculty, and social responsiveness is an integral part of and involvement of the alumnae add an impor- administrators but in which only student Wellesley's heritage that continues to this tant dimension to the College's life. members have voting privileges. day. Students are encouraged to participate in One reason for Wellesley's leadership among the communities of Boston as well as in the Students are members of the Commission on colleges and universities in this country is the Wellesley College community. Their activities Community Life, which has representatives success of its many alumnae who have pio- range from tutoring with the tVIIT-Wellesley from all College groups and reports to the neered in all areas of life. Some have been Upward Bound Program to internships in president. The commission is concerned with outstanding scholars and researchers; others urban legal studies. relations and communications among the have been leaders in science, politics and many segments of the campus community, women's rights; still others have made impor- and has also developed an affirmative action tant contributions to their communities program which will insure diversity among through volunteer work. employees. Whatever one's life choice and goal, a Students also have numerous outlets for self- Wellesley education provides women with expression through involvement in such activ- intellectual and personal growth which con- ities as theatre and musical groups, student tinues long after the college years. publications, and sports. ADMISSION 12 ADMISSION .

Criteria for Admission ADIVIISSION 13

The Board of Admission at Wellesley is com- General Requirements for Fresfiman The Interview posed of representatives of tfie faculty, tfie Applicants A personal interview is required of each appli- administration, and the students. In selecting Wellesley College does not require a fixed cant. If it is not possible for a candidate to the candidates who will comprise the student plan of secondary school courses as prepara- come to the College for an interview, she body, the Board of Admission considers a tion for its program of studies. Entering stu- should write to the Board of Admission for number of factors: high school records, rank dents normally have completed four years of the name of a local alumna interviewer. in class, scholastic aptitude and achievement college preparatory studies in secondary test scores, letters of recommendation from school. Adequate preparation includes train- Campus Visit teachers and principals, the student's own ing in clear and coherent writing and in inter- statements about herself and her activities, Students who are seriously considering preting literature, training in the principles of and the interview reports of the staff or alum- Wellesley will have a fuller understanding of mathematics (usually a minimum of three nae. The Board of Admission also considers student life at Wellesley if they can arrange to years), competence in at least one foreign special interests and talents, as well as social spend a day on campus. Candidates are wel- language, ancient or modern (usually and political concerns. come to attend classes, eat in the residence achieved through three or four years of halls, and talk informally with Wellesley stu- All aspects of the application are evaluated study), and experience in at least one labora- dents. Prospective students who plan to with care and sensitivity, and no one factor tory science and in history. spend some time exploring the College are alone takes precedence over other factors. Students planning to concentrate in mathe- urged to notify the Board of Admission in For example. College Board scores may be matics, in premedical studies, or in the natur- advance so that tours, interviews, meals, and influenced by the student's previous experi- al sciences are urged to elect additional attendance at classes can be arranged before ence with timed examinations, and these courses in mathematics in secondary school. arrival on campus. tests, of course, do not necessarily measure Students planning to concentrate in language potential, and certainly not motivation or cre- or literature are urged to study a modern for- College Entrance Examination Board Tests ativity. eign language and Latin or Greek before they The Scholastic Aptitude Test and three The Board of Admission chooses students enter college. Achievement Tests of the College Entrance who will be able to perform academic work at There are always exceptions to the prepara- Examination Board (CEEB) are required of all the level required at Wellesley, and who have tion suggested here, and the Board will applicants for admission. One Achievement the potential to benefit from and contribute to consider an applicant whose educational Test must be the English Composition Test. the type of education offered at Wellesley. background varies from this general descrip- The Board of Admission uses criteria which Each applicant is responsible for arranging to tion. will assure that admitted students will be able take the tests and for requesting CEEB to to meet the standards for graduation. send to Wellesley College the results of all These Tfie Application criteria also are sufficiently flexible to make tests taken. CEEB sends its publications and certain that creativity, strong potential, and Application forms may be obtained from the the registration forms necessary to apply for high motivation are given appropriate consid- Board of Admission. A fee of $15 must ac- the tests to all American secondary schools eration. company the formal application. This fee is and many centers abroad. The applicant may not refunded if a candidate withdraws her obtain the registation form at school, or may The Board of Admission considers each appli- application or is not admitted. If the applica- obtain it by writing directly to CEEB, Box 592, cation on its merits and does not discriminate tion fee imposes a burden on the family's Princeton, New Jersey 08540; or in western on the basis of race, religion, color, creed, or finances, a letter from the applicant's guid- United States, western Canada, Australia, national origin. In accordance with its desire ance counselor requesting a fee waiver should (VIexico, orthe Pacific Islands, to CEEB, Box to maintain diversity in its student body, be sent to the College with the application for 1025, Berkeley, California 94701 Wellesley College encourages applications admission. from qualified students who come from a It is necessary to register with CEEB approxi- wide variety of cultural, economic, and ethnic mately six weeks before the test dates. backgrounds. The CEEB Code Number for Wellesley College is 3957. . .

14 ADMISSION

Tests Admission Plans Dates of CEEB Early Admission 1 from can- February 2, 1974 The College considers applications April Decision years SAT only didates who plan to complete only three uses the regular plan of ad- A candidate who of high school and who have demonstrated 1974 January April 6, mission must file an application by academic strength and personal and social SAT only she is applying. Ap- 15 of the year for which maturity. These candidates are considered for will notified of the Board of Ad- May 4, 1974 plicants be admission along with other applicants for the in April. Applicants for Achievement Tests only mission's decisions April Decision Plan. They are requested to qual- take Scholastic Apti- (Last date to take Achievement Tests to regular admission may identify themselves as Early Admission appli- Early Decision and Achievement Tests any time ify for consideration under the tude Tests cants in their correspondence with the Board January of the senior year. Results of can- Plan) through of Admission. It is preferable that these January arrive too late for tests taken after didates have their interviews at the College if June 22, 1974 the Board of Admission. consideration by distance permits. In all other respects they SAT only regular procedures for the April take SAT to qualify for consider- follow the (Last date to Early Evaluation Decision Plan) Decision Plan. ation under the Early Candidates whose credentials are complete an Early Evaluation October12, 1974 by January 1 will receive Deferred Entrance admission. These evalua- SAT only of their chances of An admitted applicant who has notified the sent by the end of February. Can- (California and Texas only) tions will be Board of Admission by May 1 of her intention decision from the didates will receive the final Wellesley may defer entrance to the 2, 1974 to attend November in April. Board of Admission for one year if she makes this SAT only freshman class request in writing to the Director of Admis- November 23, 1974 sion by May 15. Achievement Tests only Early Decision Achievement Tests to qual- for students who decide (Last date to take This plan is intended United States Citizens Living Abroad wish to ify for Early Evaluation) early that Wellesley is the college they living in other countries the attend and who agree to file no other college For U.S. citizens December 7, 1974 and procedures for application until after receiving a decision entrance requirements SAT only Admission. The making application are the same as for appli- consider- from the Wellesley Board of (Last date to take SAT to qualify for States. appropriate CEEB tests should be taken by cants within the United ation under the April Decision Plan) the end of the junior year and candidates Request for Foreign Students January 11 , 1975 must apply and complete the Achievement Tests only Early Decision form by October 1 5 of the se- The College welcomes applications from stu- take Achievement Tests to qual- credentials and an (Last date to nior year. All supporting dents in other countries who have excellent April Decision 1 ify for consideration under the interview must be completed by November secondary school records and who have com- from the Plan) Candidates will receive a decision pleted the equivalent of the entrance require- Board of Admission by December 1 ments for Americans. In some cases, credit toward the Wellesley degree is granted for successful completion of university matricu- lation examinations such as the baccalaure- ate or the advanced level examinations for the British General Certificate of Education. For- ADMISSION 15

eign students must apply by January 15 of the nonrefundable registration fee of $1 5, or a fee Graduate Students year in which the student plans to enter the waiver request authorized by an official advi- Wellesley is primarily an undergraduate insti- College. Admission is for September entrance sor; the rest of the application forms will be tution. The Departments of Art and Biological only. There is no application fee for foreign sent upon receipt of these two items. Sciences accept a limited number of candi- students. Specific instructions for foreign The College will evaluate the transcripts of dates for the I^.A. degree. (See Requirements students wishing to apply to Wellesley are transfer applicants who have been offered for Degree of tvlaster of Arts, p. 48.) Prospec- contained in the brochure, Information for admission, and will accept for credit only tive candidates should apply directly to the Students from Abroad, which may be ob- those courses which are comparable to the chairman of the appropriate department. A tained by writing to the Board of Admission. liberal arts curriculum at Wellesley. Transfer nonrefundable application fee of $1 5 should Letters of inquiry should include the student's credit for studies completed in foreign coun- accompany the completed application form. age. country of citizenship, present school, tries will be granted only when the College and academic level. recorder has given specific approval of the The Slater One-Year Fellowship Program is courses elected and the institutions granting open to qualified foreign students currently the credit. To receive a Wellesley degree, a enrolled in foreign universities who wish to transfer student must complete a minimum of expand their knowledge of American studies 16 units of work (64 semester hours) at the while preparing for a degree in their home College. A Wellesley unit is equivalent to four universities. Preference is given to students semester hours and some transfer students from western Europe. Slater Fellows receive may need to carry more than the usual four the full cost of tuition, room and board from courses per semester in order to complete the College. Application forms may be ob- their degree requirements within four years. tained by writing to the Office of Foreign Wellesley College has no summer school and Study. courses done independently during the sum- mer may not be counted toward the 16 units Admission of Transfer Students required. Incoming juniors, in particular, should be aware that Wellesley requires evi- Wellesley College accepts a limited number dence of proficiency in one foreign language of transfer students from accredited four and before the beginning of the senior year. In two year colleges. They must offer excellent addition, all transfer students should note academic records at both the high school and which disciplines are included in Groups A, college levels and strong recommendations B, and C as defined on p. 42 so that they can from their deans and instructors. Incoming satisfy the distribution requirements for sophomores and juniors are eligible to apply graduation. for entrance in either the first or second se- mester; transfers in the middle of the fresh- Incoming junior transfer students may not man year are discouraged. Students wishing take part in the Twelve College Exchange Pro- to transfer into Wellesley should make appli- gram. All transfer students may elect to take cation before February 1 for entrance in the courses through the cross-registration pro- fall semester, and before November 15 for gram with tvlIT after they have completed one entrance in the spring semester, on forms semester of study at Wellesley. Candidates which may be obtained from the Board of who have interrupted their education for more

Admission. The notification dates are April 1 than five years may wish to consult the Office

and January 1 , respectively. The preliminary of Continuing Education. application form should be returned with a

FINANCIAL INFORMATION 18 FEES Fees and Expenses FEES 19

At Wellesley the fee represents approximately one-half of the educational cost to the Col- lege for each student. In past years the differ- ence has been made up from gifts and income earned on endowment funds.

Annual Fee

The comprehensive fee for the academic year 1974-75 is $4600. In addition, there is a stu- dent activity fee of $50. The breakdown is as follows: 20 PLANS OF PAYMENT

Early Aprir Returning Resident Nonresident Decision Decision Students

Standard Plan Amount Amount Due Due Due

Reservation fee

Second semester fee 2325 1525 Jan. 15 Jan. 15 PLANS OF PAYMENT 21

Resident

Eight-Payment Plan*

Eight equal payments on the first day of each month for entering students 3

22 FEES

Refund Schedule Continuing Education Fees

Prior to the first day of class, tuition, room The basic fee for a continuing education stu- and board fees are 100 percent refundable. dent is $375 per semester course, payable by Not included are the reservation fee and the September 1 for the fall semester and by Jan- room retainer fee. uary 15 for the spring semester. Continuing education applicants pay the same $15 fee as After classes begin, tuition is refunded at the all other students. There is also a registration rate of 75 percent from the first through the fee of $25, payable when the student is ac- 1 4th calendar day and 50 percent from the cepted. 1 5th through the 35th calendar day. There is no tuition refund after the 35th calendar day. A continuing education student who finds it necessary to withdraw from a course is enti- After classes begin, there is no refund for the tled to tuition refunds as follows: tuition will room charge. be refunded completely through the 21 st cal- Board rebate is computed at the rate of $1 endar day of the semester. One-half of the per week for each remaining full academic tuition will be refunded if withdrawal is be- week of the semester, calculated from the tween the 22nd and 35th calendar day of the week after the withdrawal or exclusion date. semester. There will be no refund after the 35th calendar day of the semester. General Expenses it is estimated that $600 for the year will cover a student's general expenses including books and supplies, incidental fees, clothing, recre- ation and entertainment, laundry and dry cleaning, and local transportation, excluding trips to and from home for the year. For the foreign student coming from abroad this fig- ure is estimated at $800.

Graduate Student Fees

The basic fee for a graduate student is $375 per semester course, payable by September 1 for the fall semester and by January 1 5 for the spring semester. Financial Aid FINANCIAL AID 23

The Wellesley College program of financial Wellesley College offers ten Town Scholar- Application aid for students is intended to open educa- ships to residents of the Town of Wellesley The Wellesley College Application for Finan- tional opportunity to able students of diverse who qualify for admission and whose parents cial Aid will be sent to candidates who indi- backgrounds regardless of tfieir financial cir- or guardian live in Wellesley. If these students cated that they would like to apply for finan- cumstances. No student should be discour- live at home the scholarship is in the form of a cial aid on the application for admission. It aged from applying to Wellesley because of full tuition grant. If these students choose to should be returned to the financial aid officer, the need for financial aid. At Wellesley, ad- live on campus the amount of the scholarship Wellesley College, by OctoberlS from Early mission decisions are made without regard is based on financial need and is determined Decision applicants and by February 1 from for financial need, and only after a student is by the same need criteria which apply to all all other applicants. admitted does the Committee on Financial other financial aid applicants. Aid consider applications for aid. Over 35 Parents' Confidential Statement The College expects students to contribute as percent of Wellesley students receive some This form is available in the secondary much as possible to their own expenses financial aid from Wellesley funds. schools, or may be obtained by writing the through summer and term-time earnings. to College Scholarship Service, Box 176, Prince- The Wellesley College Students' Aid Society, Academic-year campus jobs ordinarily involve

ton, New Jersey 08540; Box 881 , Evanston, which sponsors loans, also offers personal five hours of work per week and enable stu- Illinois 60204; or Box 1025, Berkeley, Califor- assistance through loans of books and other dents to earn approximately $300 a year. In

nia 94701 . A copy can also be provided by the items, gifts of clothing, and loans of small addition, the Career Services Office is often financial aid officer if specifically requested amounts of money for incidental expenses able to arrange for additional paid work during by an applicant. The Parents' Confidential and special emergencies. the academic year and summer. Statement should be filed with the College Financial aid is given only to students who Further information on financial aid at Scholarship Service which will then forward a require assistance in order to attend. Awards Wellesley is contained in the brochure Oppor- copy for confidential use to the college or vary in size according to individual need and tunities for Financial Aid which may be ob- colleges indicated on the form. may equal or exceed the comprehensive Col- tained by writing to the Financial Aid Officer, The statement must be filed with the lege fee. Although awards are generally grant- Wellesley College, Wellesley, Massachusetts Wellesley College financial aid officer by ed for one year at a time, the College expects 02181. October 1 5 from Early Decision applicants; to continue aid as needed throughout the four February 1 from April Decision applicants; years for all financial aid students who con- Application for Financial Aid February 15 from fall semester transfer appli- tinue to have need and whose college records Each registered applicant for admission who cants; and November 30 from spring semester are satisfactory. Most awards consist of a is applying for financial aid must file three transfer applicants. package of a grant and a loan, plus work. forms: the Wellesley College Application for In addition to College funds, federal monies Financial Aid, the Parents' Confidential State- Federal Income Tax Return ment of the College Scholarship Service, and also have been available in the past for grants, If a student is admitted and enrolls at a certified of the latest federal income loans, and certain work-study programs. It is copy Wellesley College, parents are expected to expected that similar funding will continue. In tax return. submit a certified copy of their latest federal general, qualification for these federally income tax return by July 1 . The certified copy sponsored programs has depended upon fam- is forwarded directly to the College by the ily income. District IRS Office at the request of the par- ent. Financial aid awards are not final until The need for financial help sometimes ex- the IRS form is submitted. ceeds the amount of resources Wellesley has available in any given year. Therefore, stu- dents should, whenever possible, seek grants and/or loans through local, state, or federal programs, from educational foundations, and other private sources. 24 FELLOWSHIPS Fellowships and Graduate Scholarships

A number of fellowships and graduate schol- For Graduates and Undergraduates of arships are open to undergraduates, gradu- Wellesley College ating seniors, and alumnae of Wellesley Col- Fellowships open to Wellesley College alum- lege, while others administered by Wellesley nae, graduating seniors, and undergraduates are open to women graduates of any Ameri- are listed below. Each is awarded annually can institution. In general, awards are made unless specified otherwise. to applicants who plan full-time graduate study. Anne Louise Barrett Fellowship, preferably In music and primarily for study or research in Information and application forms may be musical theory, composition, or in the history obtained from the Secretary to the Committee of music; abroad or in the United States. on Graduate Fellowships and Scholarships, Renewable. Wellesley College. Office of Financial Aid, Stipend: $2500 Applications and supporting credentials for DuPont Graduate Fellowship in Science and fellowships are by January 15, except due Engineering for graduate study in the biologi- noted. where cal sciences, chemistry, engineering, and physics. Mathematics and medicine are not included. Awarded annually to a senior. Ap- plications are due Decembers. Stipend: $10,000

Professor Elizabeth F. Fisher Fellowship for research or further study in geology or geog- raphy, including urban, environmental or eco- logical studies. Awarded in alternate years. Offered in 1974-75 for 1975-76. Stipend: $1000

Horton-Hallowell Fellowship for graduate study in any field, preferably in the last two years of candidacy for the Ph.D. degree, or its equivalent, or for private research of equiva- lent standard. Stipend: $3500

Edna V. Moffett Fellowship for a young alum- na, preferably for a first year of graduate study in history. Awarded in alternate years. Offered in 1974-75 for 1975-76. Stipend: $2500 FELLOWSHIPS 25

Wda Dutton Scudder Fellowship for study in For Graduates of Other Institutions the field of social science, political science, Fellowships, Scholarships, and or literature. Awarded in alternate years. To Assistantships be offered in 1975-76 for the year 1976-77. Some graduate fellowships and scholarships Stipend: $3000 for study at the institution of the candidate's Sarah Perry Wood Medical Fellowship for the choice are administered by Wellesley College study of medicine. Renewable. and are open to alumnae of any college, in- Stipend: $3300 cluding Wellesley. Trustee Scholarships are awarded on a com- Assistantships which provide stipends are petitive basis to four seniors who intend to available for candidates for the M.A. degree In pursue graduate studies. These scholarships biological sciences at Wellesley. are unrestricted as to field of study. The title Alice Freeman Palmer Fellowship for study or Trustee Scholar is honorary and in cases of research abroad or in the United States. The financial need stipends may be awarded to holder must be no more than 26 years of age the scholars or, if not required by them, to at the time of her appointment, and unmarried alternates who need financial assistance. All throughout the whole of her tenure. applications and credentials are due by Janu- Stipend: $3500 ary 1 5. Recipients share the total annual stipend. M. A. Cartland Shackford Medical Scholar- Stipend: $6000 ship for the study of medicine with a view to general practice, not psychiatry. Renewable. Fanny Bullock Workman Scholarship for Stipend: $3500 graduate study in any field. Stipend: $3000 Harriet A. Shaw Scholarship for study or re- search in music and allied arts, abroad or in Mary Elvira Stevens Traveling Fellowship for the United States. The candidate must be no travel or study outside the United States. Any more than 26 years of age at the time of her scholarly, artistic, or cultural purpose may be appointment. Preference given to music can- considered. Candidates must be at least 25 didates; undergraduate work in history of art years of age on September 1 of the year in required of other candidates. Awarded in which the fellowship is first held. Applica- alternate years. To be offered in 1 975-76 for tions must be filed with the Secretary to the the year 1976-77. Stevens Fellowship Committee, Office of Stipend: $3000 Financial Aid, before December 15. Stipend: $7000

Peggy Howard Grants in Economics for study by women who intend to become professional economists. Available to both undergraduate and graduate students. Funds vary in amount, and can be used to cover costs of graduate study or for special projects. Applications and awards are made through the Department of Economics.

STUDENT LIFE 28 CAMPUS MAP

\t^ k:v Student Life STUDENT LIFE 29

Intellectual growth is only part of the journey The arts have always been a highly visible part On weekends, many students move back and toward the full realization of one's talents and of the Wellesley experience, and many musi- forth between the campus and activities in abilities. Wellesley College offers many op- cal and theatrical groups have been formed. Cambridge and Boston. The student Senate portunities for a student to develop self-confi- The College Choir, The Madrigals, the Tupe- provides buses on weekends to and from Har- dence, sensitivity, and leadership abilities los, the Collegium Musicum, the Chamber vard Square, opening up many opportunities through participation in student organizations Music Society, the Chapel Choir, the Ethos for exploring urban life. and college governance. Choir, the Carillonneurs Guild, and the MIT Orchestra all offer experiences for students Residence Halls Many student groups reflect ethnic as well as with interests in music. Those inclined to- social, political, and religious interests. Although some students live off campus, ward the theatre can choose among the Some of these organizations are Mezcia, an most live in one of Wellesley's 13 residence Wellesley College Theatre, the Experimental association of Chicana, American Indian, and halls which are the focus of much campus Theatre, the Shakespeare Society, and the Spanish students; Ethos, an organization of life. Each is a community within the larger Wellesley College Black Repertory Total The- Black students; the Wellesley Women's Com- Wellesley community, and each has a charac- atrical Experience. In addition to the produc- mittee, a group of students, faculty, and staff ter of its own. Much of the informal learning tions of these groups, the Departments of interested In feminist issues; the Married Stu- at Wellesley takes place in spontaneous dis- Greek and Latin offer plays in the original dents Union, a new group which is seeking cussions and debates at meals and in stu- text. programs serving their special needs. A num- dents' rooms. The diversity of Wellesley's ber of religious groups such as the Newman Life at Wellesley also includes a number of students, who bring to the College differing Club, the Wellesley Christian Fellowship, and traditional social events. Winter Weekend, lifestyles and cultural backgrounds, con- the Wellesley Jewish Students offer many Sophomore Parents Weekend, and Spring tributes much to this process. programs throughout the year. Other groups Weekend are supplemented by frequent infor- The residence experience is also likely to such as Archaeologists Anonymous and Club mal parties. A weekly celebration, TSIF include lectures, guest artists-in-residence, Frangais plan activities around academic (Thank Schneider It's Friday), has a growing group discussions, dinners with faculty mem- interests. number of enthusiasts among faculty mem- bers, and parties. One tradition, initiated in bers and employees as well as students who Students are also responsible for a number of the early years of the College, is Wednesday come to Schneider College Center late Friday publications, among them Wellesley News, afternoon tea— an informal occasion which afternoons for beer and /or wine and ragtime the weekly student newspaper; Legenda, the continues to attract many students. piano. College yearbook; We, a literary publication; Members of all four classes live in each hall. and Muse, a newsletter of the Wellesley Schneider Center, which also has a coffee Each residence hall also has a professional Women's Committee. WBS, the College radio house and conference rooms, is the location head of house, with the exception of Stone- station, is operated by an all-student staff. for much community activity. Supplementing Davis, which will have an all-student staff on Sports are a significant part of life at the facilities and resources of Schneider are an experimental basis for 1 974-75. The head Wellesley. Some students compete on crew Slater International Center, which is the fre- of house serves as an advisor and counselor and tennis teams as well as in field hockey, quent setting for international events and to individuals and groups in the residence basketball, squash, sailing, swimming, and celebrations, and Harambee House, the so- halls and as a liaison to the College com- water polo. Other students pursue physical cial and cultural center of the Black communi- munity. education just for fun, or to stay in shape. ty at Wellesley. Throughout the year, Haram- Interests range from yoga and fencing to bee sponsors such events as lectures and dance and scuba diving. The recreation build- dance performances, many in conjunction ing, which has a heated swimming pool, also with the Black studies department. has facilities for badminton, volley ball, squash, gymnastics, exercise, and dance. Lake Waban, on the campus, is used for water sports and ice skating. 30 STUDENT LIFE

Students in each residence tiail elect a House Counseling Resources The College chaplain and other advisors rep- Council which administers the day-to-day resenting several religious traditions are avail- The College has a number of professionally details of living. The social committee in each able to all students for religious guidance. trained staff members who are available for hall plans parties and other events throughout The chaplain also officiates at regular Sunday consultation on academic or personal mat- the year. Each residence also elects a repre- morning worship, an ecumenically oriented ters. The class deans, who generally follow a sentative to the Senate, and it is this person's Protestant service in Houghton Memorial class throughout the four years, have major job to consult with members of her residence Chapel, at which many distinguished men responsibility for advising students on aca- hall on campus-wide issues and to convey the and women are invited to speak during the demic matters. Questions about choosing a feelings of tier hall to the student govern- year. The activities of various religious groups major, or difficulties in adjusting to a pro- ment. on well as programs sponsored by gram, are discussed with the class deans. campus as the chaplaincy are open to all. A residential policy committee has been re- Special tutoring and programs in reading and viewing many aspects of residential life and study skills are arranged through the class Temples, churches, and other religious orga- hopes to develop ways to involve students in deans also. nizations representing a great variety of ways all areas of residential policy making. The of worship are available locally and in the It is most unusual for a student not to feel the Residence Office has been working to expand greater area. need, some time during her college years, to Boston the guest-in-residence program, and to in- talk over personal concerns with people other crease the number of academic, cultural, and than friends and roommates. A counseling College Healtfi Services social events in the residence halls. center is staffed by a clinical psychologist The services of the College physicians, psy- Each of the residence halls contains single and a human relations consultant. Although chiatrists, and nurses are available to regular rooms, double rooms, and some suites. The the atmosphere is open and informal, com- full-time students at Simpson Infirmary, cost of all rooms is the same, regardless of plete confidentiality is maintained by the which includes a 29-bed hospital and an out- whether they are shared, and students are office at all times. patient clinic. Part-time continuing education required to sign a residence license upon students are eligible for Health Services facili- The staff of the College Health Services in- assignment of a room. Each hall has spacious only special Minimal cludes psychiatrists and other specialists ties by arrangement. living rooms and smaller common rooms. All fees are charged for certain services such as available for crisis counseling and special but two have dining facilities, and in the re- laboratory tests or special treatments such as help. Long-term psychotherapy is not pro- maining halls, facilities are open on a five-day physiotherapy. Boston has long been one of vided at the College, but the resources for or seven-day basis. There are limited kitchen- the major medical centers in the country, and such treatment are available in the surround- ette facilities in the halls for preparing snacks consultation with specialists in all medical ing area. or for use when entertaining. Each building is fields is easily available. equipped with coin-operated washers and Other resources include the professional staff Besides the usual care given by College dryers. in the residence halls, the chaplain and his Wellesley assistants, and faculty members. Health Services, members of the The College supplies a bed, desk, chair, medical staff serve on a student-staff health lamp, bookcase, and bureau for each resident Religious Resources committee. This committee works on ways to student. Students may rent linen or supply expand the use of the health services and their own. Students supply blankets, quilts, Wellesley seeks to respond sensitively to a arranges special programs of information and and their own curtains, pictures, rugs, and variety of religious traditions. The College discussion on subjects such as drugs, sex, posters. They clean their own rooms and con- encourages independent religious involve- and marriage. tribute two or three hours a week answering ment on the part of its students. Wellesley the telephones and doing other miscellaneous students may also major in religion and bibli- jobs which are scheduled by the student cal studies, or take elective courses in these heads of work. fields. Attendance at all worship services is voluntary. STUDENT LIFE 31

The confidentiality of the doctor-patient rela- Students are assisted in making plans for the tionship is the foundation upon which the future, either for employment or further success of the health services is based. Col- study. Students may consult with the career lege medical personnel will not share any services counselors about their interests and medical information concerning a student plans. Assistance is provided in many ways. with any College authorities, or with the par- The office maintains a library of vocational ents of students, without the consent of the literature on current positions and future ca- student. Parents are requested to sign a state- reer possibilities; holds lectures and discus- ment authorizing the College to proceed with sions for students on various occupations; appropriate treatment in the case of serious supplies information about graduate courses, illness or emergency in the event they cannot apprenticeships, graduate scholarships and be reached by telephone. assistantships, as well as job opportunities; and schedules interviews for seniors with There is a charge for Inpatient care which is employer and graduate school representatives usually covered by health insurance. Students who recruit at the College. are required to enroll in the College Health Insurance plan unless they have equivalent All alumnae may continue to use the services coverage. of this office for information and help to find employment or in planning further study. Jobs on and off Campus Summers A student interested in employment may reg- ister at the Career Services Office. This office The long summer vacation gives students assists students in obtaining summer em- ample time for work, travel, or study. lOumoiil ployment as well as part-time work during the The Career Services Office has information on year. There academic are many opportunities summer opportunities. Counseling and ad- for students to find part-time employment at vice are offered to students on the various the College and in the of Wellesley. Town The possibilities available to match their interests Career Services Office is the clearinghouse and abilities. for employment of students. Opportunities on campus include office work in academic and Summer internships and other opportunities administrative departments, in Schneider sponsored by the College are described on College Center, and work in small businesses pp. 45-46. run by students. Off campus, students have worked in offices, stores, and restaurants. A large number of local families employ stu- dents for child care and for other varieties of household work. 32 STUDENT LIFE Academic Summary

Non- Class Resident resident Totals Totals

Candidates for the B.A. Degree

Nondegree Candidates 51 Geographic Distribution of STUDENT LIFE 33 Students in 1973-74

Students from the United States Alabama Arizona Arkansas California Colorado Connecticut

Idaho Illinois Indiana Iowa

THE CAMPUS 36 THE CAMPUS The Campus Academic Facilities THE CAMPUS 37

Wellesley College has a campus of more than Classrooms Observatory 500 acres bordering on Lake Waban. There are The two primary classroom buildings. Found- The Whitin Observatory contains laboratories, woodlands, hills and meadows, an arbore- ers Hall and Pendleton Hall, are located in the classrooms, darkrooms, and the library of the tum, ponds, and miles of footpaths. In this academic quadrangle. The humanities, social astronomy department. Its research equip- setting are 64 buildings, with architectural sciences, and mathematics are taught in ment includes a 6-inch, a 12-inch, and a 24- styles ranging from Gothic to contemporary. Founders. Pendleton contains the laborator- inch telescope. The observatory was a gift of The focal point of the campus is the Galen ies, lecture rooms, libraries, and offices of Ivlrs. John C. Whitin, a former trustee of the

Stone Tower, named for its donor. The tower the departments of chemistry, physics, and College. It was built in 1900, enlarged in 1962 rises 182 feet from Green Hall, the adminis- psychology. Extensive equipment and facili- and 1966, and is considered to be an unusual- tration building, and contains a 30-bell caril- ties provide opportunities for advanced work ly fine facility for undergraduate training in lon. It is an excellent vantage point from in these areas. astronomy. which to view Wellesley's campus and be- yond. Sage Hall Science Center

Located on the northeast side of the campus The construction of a new building is under is Sage Hall, which houses the biological way which, together with Sage Hall, will form sciences and geology departments. The the new Wellesley College Science Center. building has laboratories, lecture rooms, a This complex will house the departments of library, aquarium, teaching museum, and an astronomy, biological sciences, geology, extensive map collection for geography. Spe- mathematics, physics, and psychology. cial equipment includes an electron micro- scope, a laser beam spectrophotometer, a Arts Center radioisotope laboratory, and an ultra centri- The Jewett Arts Center, completed in 1958, fuge. consists of the I^ary Cooper Jewett art wing and the Margaret Weyerhauser Jewett music Greenhouses and drama wing. Linking the two buildings is Classrooms in the biological sciences depart- the Wellesley College Museum. ment open directly into the I\^argaret C. Fer- The teaching collection of the museum in- guson Greenhouses, named after a former cludes choice examples of classical and me- Wellesley professor of botany. The climate in dieval sculpture, prints and drawings by old the greenhouses ranges from temperate to masters, and contemporary art. Although tropic with many excellent examples of trees used primarily for teaching and museum and flowers which flourish in the respective training, it is also open to the public, and temperatures. There is considerable space for during the academic year many exhibitions experiments by faculty and students. The are offered. greenhouses are open to the public through- out the year. The art wing contains studios, classrooms, an extensive library, and offices of the art department and museum. The music and drama wing contains the music library, listen- ing rooms, practice studios, and classrooms and offices of the music department. A col- lection of musical instruments of various periods is available to students. 38 THE CAMPUS

The Jewett Auditorium, a theatre seating 320 Residence Halls for chamber music persons, was designed Each residence, its student capacity and is also used for special performances, and location, is listed below: events. In addition, there are rehearsal rooms and other theatre facilities. Munger

Margaret Clapp Library

The Margaret Clapp Library, erected in 1910 and first enlarged in 1916, was the gift of An- drew Carnegie. A wing was added in 1957, and current constructions will nearly double its size.

The library's collection exceeds 500,000 vol- umes. Subscriptions to periodicals number over 2,000. Special collections, such as the English Poetry Collection, contain letters, manuscripts, and rare books of distinction. The language laboratory and listening units for the collection of spoken and dramatic recordings are part of the library. Special meetings, lectures, and discussions may be held in the Pope Room.

Child Study Center Wellesley College opened the Child Study Center in the fall of 1969 under the direction

of the psychology department. It is located in the Anne L. Page Memorial Building, used for many years to house the College nursery school. The Center is designed for Wellesley undergraduates to study the learning pro- cesses of young children. Extracurricular Facilities THE CAMPUS 39

Alumnae Hall Slater International Center Slater International Center is an informal The largest auditorium on tine campus, seat- meeting place for foreign and United States ing 1500 people, is in Alumnae Hall. It also students and faculty. It serves as the center has a large ballroom and houses the Wellesley for campus organizations which have an inter- College Theatre and the College radio station, est in international affairs, and for seminars WBS. Visiting lecturers, concert artists, and and speakers on international topics. It has professional theatre groups often appear rooms for large and small gatherings, a li- there. The building was erected in 1923 and is brary, and facilities for cooking and enter- the gift of Wellesley alumnae. taining. Chapel Society Houses The Houghton Memorial Chapel was present- There are three society houses for special ed to Wellesley in 1897 by the son and daugh- interest groups. Each house has kitchen and ter of William S. Houghton, a former trustee dining facilities, a living room, and other of the College. The chapel's stained glass gathering rooms. Members are drawn from windows commemorate the founders and all four classes, beginning with second se- others, while a tablet by Daniel Chester mester freshmen. Shakespeare House is a French honors Alice Freeman Palmer, center for students interested in Shakespear- Wellesley's second president. The chapel, ean drama; Tau Zeta Epsilon House is orient- which seats 1 200 people, is a setting for ed around art and music; and Zeta Alpha lectures and community meetings as well as House provides a setting for students with religious services. an interest in modern drama. Schneider College Center

The center for extracurricular life at the Col- lege is Schneider College Center. Its newly remodeled facilities provide lounge areas, a snack bar, meeting rooms, offices for student

organizations, and a coffee house. It also contains the offices of the director of student services, the director of residence, and the chaplain.

Harambee House and Slater International Center are complementary adjuncts to Schneider.

Harambee House Harambee House is the cultural and social center for the Black community at Wellesley. It contains rooms for seminars, meetings, and social gatherings as well as facilities for cooking and entertaining. .

40 THE CAMPUS Other Campus Facilities

Green Hall

The offices of tfie president, the Board of Admission, the deans, and all administrative offices directly affecting the academic and business management of the College are lo- cated in Green Hall. The building has large rooms for Academic Council and trustee meetings, class and seminar rooms, and some faculty offices. Named for Hetty R. Green, the building was erected in 1931

Infirmary The Simpson Infirmary, a 29-bed hospital and

outpatient clinic, was built in 1942. It is con-

nected to the original infirmary (1881 ), which is now used for staff housing.

President's House The President's House, formerly the country estate of Wellesley's founders, the Durants, is located on a hill just south of the main cam- pus. The spacious lawns border Lake Waban.

Remodeled and renovated in 1968, it is fre- quently the scene of alumnae and trustee gatherings as well as receptions for distin- guished visitors, for entering students, and for graduating seniors and their parents.

Wellesley College Club

The Wellesley College Club is a center for faculty, staff, and alumnae. Its reception and dining rooms are open to members and guests for lunch and dinner and are also used for many special occasions. Overnight ac- commodations are also available for alumnae and for parents of students and prospective students. ACADEMIC PROGRAM 42 THE CURRICULUM

The curriculum provides a framework within Courses are classified in Grades I, II, and III. Group C 100-199 which students are invited to explore various Introductory courses are numbered Science and Matfiematics fields in the arts sciences. In developing (Grade!); intermediate courses, 200-299 and Three units, at least one of which shall be a tried to pre- (Grade II); advanced courses, 300-380 (Grade the curriculum, the faculty has course with laboratory, chosen from offer- sent diverse offerings among which students III). Each student must include at least four ings in the Departments of Astronomy, Bio- interrelationships. units of III work, at least two of which will gradually perceive Grade logical Sciences, Chemistry, Geology, Mathe- of different disciplines and shall in the major. The program in the se- Through study be matics, Physics, or one of the extradepart- bodies of knowledge, students perceive the nior year may not include more units of Grade mental courses in history of science.

coherent unity among diversity which is tradi- I than of Grade III work, and at least two must tionally termed a liberal arts education. When be Grade III. Foreign Language Requirements students decide on an area of concentration they then elect courses in other fields to pro- Distribution Requirements Before the beginning of the senior year stu- vide complementary or contrasting experi- dents must exhibit a degree of proficiency in In order to provide students with as much ences. Tfiese, together with the major, enable the use of one foreign language, either an- flexibility as possible, Wellesley requires no students to achieve a broad liberal arts edu- cient or modern. Many students fulfill the specific courses. To insure, however, that cation. requirement by passing one of the language students gain insight and awareness in areas tests offered by the College Entrance Exami- By the time the Bachelor of Arts degree is outside their own major fields, the College nation Board (CEEB). Wellesley requires earned, the student should be acquainted does require that they choose three semester scores of 61 or better on the CEEB Achieve- with the main fields of human interest, capa- courses in each of three general areas during ment Test, or a score of at least 3 on the Ad- ble of integrating knowledge from various the four year period. (Courses numbered 350— vanced Placement Examination (AP). This scholarly fields, and prepared for continuous Research or Individual Study— do not satisfy requirement can also be met by the comple- responsible participation in soci- growth and this requirement.) tion of 2 units of language study at the sec- ety. In the major field, the student is expected The three groups of academic disciplines are: ond year college level or 1 unit of language demonstrate maturity of thought, acquain- to study above the second year college level. tance with recognized authorities in the field, Group A in and general competence in dealing with Students may take introductory courses sources of research or analysis. Literature, Foreign Languages, Art, and only two modern foreign languages. Music Fulfillment of the foreign language require- courses in the De- Requirements for Degree of Bachelor of Arts Three units chosen from ment through work done at another institution partments of Art, Chinese, English, French, Each candidate for the degree of Bachelor of must be approved by the appropriate depart- German, Greek and Latin, Italian, Music, Rus- Arts is required to complete 32 units of aca- ment. A student whose native language is not sian, Spanish; or from extradepartmental demic work at a C average or better. Each English will be exempted from this require- literature courses. semester course is assigned one unit of cred- ment, subject to approval of the class dean Review Board. it. The normal period of time in which to earn and the Academic Group B the degree is four years and a normal program of study includes from three to five courses a Social Science, Religion and Biblical Studies, Otfier Requirements semester. Freshmen are encouraged to carry and Pfiilosophy Students are expected to use acceptable stan- in the a maximum of four courses each semester, One or two units chosen from courses dards of spoken and written English in their Religion but upperclass students may take five. Departments of History, Philosophy, college work. Special assistance in English, and Biblical Studies mathematics, and other basic and special and skills is offered at the College. One or two units chosen from courses in the Departments of Economics, Political Science, In addition, all students must complete the Psychology, Sociology and Anthropology. physical education requirement described on p. 144 for which no academic credit is given. THE CURRICULUM 43

The Major come ill, or have other problems which inter- Students who wish credit towards the degree fere with their academic work, they should for work done independently in the summer Students may choose majors offered by 24 consult with their class dean for assistance in should consult the appropriate department departments, four interdepartmental majors- making special arrangements for their studies. and the class dean, and should apply to the classical civilization, classical arid Near East- recorder at least a month in advance for a ern archaeology, East Asian studies, and Students are expected to maintain at least a special examination to be given at the begin- molecular biology— or they may devise an C average throughout the college career. At ning of the college year. individual major. Of the 32 units required for the end of each semester each student's rec- graduation, at least eight are to be elected in ord is reviewed, and appointments with the Examinations may betaken for credit, for the major, and no more than 14 in any one class dean are arranged if needed. The Col- admission to a more advanced course, or for department. lege tries to provide the appropriate support exemption from the required studies in services to students in difficulty. Students Groups A, B, and C. Examinations for credit Students w/ho are interested in an individual who show consistent effort are rarely exclud- passed at a satisfactory level also count for major submit a plan of study to two faculty ed from the College. advanced placement and/or exemption; members from different departments. This examinations for advanced placement also plan should include four units in one depart- Grading System count for exemption. Examinations passed at ment above the introductory level. The pro- a satisfactory level for exemption do not gram for the individual major is subject to the Students have the option of electing courses count for credit. approval of the Committee on Curriculum and on a letter or nonletter grading system. At the Instruction. Some students w\sU to center beginning of the eighth week of a semester, Credit for Advanced Placement Examinations their study upon an area, a period, or a sub- students notify the recorder and their instruc- ject which crosses conventional departmental tor whether they plan to take a course for a Students entering under the Advanced Place- lines. Examples of possible area studies are letter grade or on the credit/noncredit basis. ment Program of the College Entrance Exami- American studies, Latin American studies, Credit is given to students who have attained nation Board, and who make the scores speci- Russian studies; of periods, the Middle Ages, a satisfactory familiarity with the content of a fied by Wellesley College, will receive credit the Renaissance; of subjects, comparative course and have demonstrated ability to use toward the B.A. degree, provided they do not literature, international relations, theatre this knowledge in a competent manner. If register in college for courses which cover studies, urban studies. credit is not earned this fact does not appear substantially the same material as those for on the student's permanent record. which they have received Advanced Place- In the second semester of the sophomore year ment credit. Two units of credit will be given each student elects a major field and prepares Examinations for each AP examination in which a student for the recorder a statement of the courses to received a grade of 4 or 5 with the following be included in the major. Later revisions may An examination period occurs at the end of exceptions; one unit of credit will be given for be made with the approval of the chairman of each semester. Within this period students the Latin 4 examination; one unit of credit will the major department, or in the case of the may devise their own examination schedules be given in the Mathematics AB examination; individual major, with the student's advisors, for the majority of courses. Examinations are one unit of credit for a score of 3 in the Mathe- and be presented to the recorder not later than scheduled for some art, music, and foreign matics BC examination. Not more than two the second semester of the junior year. language courses which require audiovisual units are credited in any one department. equipment. Special examinations are offered Academic Standards in September to qualified students to earn credit for work done independently, for ad- Academic standards at Wellesley are high, mission to advanced courses without the and students take full responsibility for at- stated prerequisites, and for exemption from tending classes, submitting required work on required studies. time, and appearing for examinations. If stu- dents have difficulties with course work, be- 44 THE CURRICULUM

Credit for Other Academic Work Acceleration

Of the 32 units required for tfie degree of A few students complete all the requirements Bacfielor of Arts, a student may earn a maxi- for the degree in less than the usual eight mum of 16 units throughi a combination of tfie semesters. After two semesters at Wellesley, following; AP examinations; courses taken at students who wish to accelerate should con- anotfier institution during tfie summer or tfie sult their deans and then write a letter to the academic year; or study independent of Academic Review Board, petitioning to fulfill Wellesley courses wfiicti is tfien evaluated by the requirements earlier. examination by a Wellesley department. (See The petition should include the month and Examinations.) Two units may be earned in year in which the degree requirements will be summer school and two units for summer fulfilled, and all units that will be counted independent work. Eight units, in addition to toward the degree. summer school, may be earned through courses taken at another institution. Stu- Normally, a plan to accelerate must include dents, including transfer students, must com- eight units at Wellesley in two consecutive plete 16 units at Wellesley. Candidates for the semesters during the junior and senior years. B.A. degree in the program for Continuing In accumulating units in addition to courses Education must complete a minimum of 8 taken at Wellesley, an accelerating student units of work at the College. may count;

1 Exemption from Required Studies Advanced Placement credit; 2 Students may be exempted from any of the A maximum of two units earned in summer for the degree, provided they studies required school; can demonstrate to the department concerned 3 a reasonable competence in the elements of A maximum of two units earned through inde- the course. Exemption from any of the stud- pendent study during the summer and validat- ies required does not affect the general re- ed at Wellesley; and for of units for grad- quirement completion 32 4 uation. It does, however, make it possible for College or university credit earned prior to some students to select more advanced graduation from secondary school, which is courses earlier in their college careers. not included in the units of secondary school Such exemption may be achieved in one of work required for admission. two ways: score of 4 (Honors) or 5 (High a An accelerating student must maintain a C Honors) on the CEEB AP tests, or passing a average at all times. special exemption examination. Permission for the exemption examination must be ob- tained from the class dean and the chairman of the department concerned. (See Examina- tions.) In addition to the evidence offered by the examination, some departments may re- quire the student to present a paper or an acceptable laboratory notebook. THE CURRICULUM 45

Research or Individual Study nator, the department advisor, or the appro- Summer Internships priate exchange program faculty advisor. Each academic department provides the op- The College sponsors a Washington Summer Since the number of participants in the ex- portunity for certain students to undertake a Internship Program which provides a unique change is limited, upperclass students are program of individual study directed by a opportunity for students to learn about the given first preference. member of the faculty. Under this program an national government through direct participa- eligible student may undertake a research tion in political activity. Interested juniors The Twelve College Exchange Program project or a program of reading in a particular may apply for 1 5 available summer intern- field. The results of this work normally are Wellesley belongs to a consortium which ships, in governmental and nongovernmental presented in a final report or in a series of includes Amherst, Bowdoin, Connecticut offices. The program runs for ten weeks dur- short essays. The conditions for such work College, Dartmouth, Mount Holyoke, Smith, ing which time interns hold full-time jobs and are described under the course numbered 350 Trinity, Vassar, Wesleyan, Wheaton, and also participate in evening seminars with in each department. Wellesley offers further Williams. Students in good standing may guest speakers on governmental or political opportunities for research and individual apply through the exchange coordinator for a problems. Job assignments are made accord- study. (See Honors in the l^ajor Field.) semester or full academic year in residence at ing to the interest of the student and the any of the member institutions. Admission is learning experience to be afforded. Recent Freshman-Sophomore Colloquia competitive, and preference is given to stu- assignments have included positions in con- dents planning to participate in their junior gressional offices, in the Department of Jus- These colloquia give students the chance to year. tice, in the Department of Health, Education work closely in small groups with individual and Welfare, with the Federal Trade Commis- faculty members. They are designed to pro- The Junior Year Abroad sion, in the Office of the President, and with a vide the sort of educational experience which major broadcasting system. Salaries are of- previously was enjoyed only by advanced Qualified students may apply for admission fered in some of these positions; the College students. They are similar to the seminars in to various groups spending the junior year in provides stipends for students who hold non- that they stress independent work, discus- Europe and in other foreign countries. The salaried positions. sion, and oral and written presentations. Wellesley Slater Junior Year Abroad fellow- ships are available to juniors who have been In addition, the Wellesley Urban Politics Sum- Cross-Registration Program with the accepted for programs approved by the For- mer Internship Program offers juniors the Massachusetts Institute of Technology eign Study Committee. Some financial sup- opportunity to focus on some of the dilemmas port for students wishing to spend the junior of contemporary urban life. Students partici- A program of cross-registration of students at year in Africa or the Caribbean is provided by pating in this program spend ten weeks work- Wellesley and the Massachusetts Institute of the Waddell Fund. The selection of recipients ing for government agencies or private organi- Technology was officially inaugurated in for awards from both funds is made early in zations in Boston or Los Angeles. Interns 1968-69. The program allows students to elect the second semester of the sophomore year attend seminars and other meetings designed courses at the other institution, and extends on the basis of academic qualifications and to stimulate analytical thinking about poli- the diversity of educational experiences avail- faculty recommendations. The amount of tics, government institutions, and public able in the curricula and in the environments each individual award is determined accord- policy-making. Interns receive a stipend from of both. The two schools combine their aca- ing to need. Information about these awards the College. demic, extracurricular, and operational re- may be obtained from the Office of Foreign sources while maintaining the separate The Internship Program in Economics, found- Study. strengths, independence, and integrity of ed at Wellesley by the National Association of each institution. The Office of Foreign Study helps students Business Economists, places qualified eco- with individual plans for study abroad, for nomics majors in salaried positions in private A Wellesley student interested in exploring example, applications for direct enrollment as or public agencies in all parts of the country the possibilities of electing a specific course visiting students in British universities. during the summer following the junior year. at MIT should consult the exchange coordi- Students in this program carry out applied economic research under the direction of senior economists. 46 THE CURRICULUM

Community Involvement Summer Study Abroad Other Academic Distinctions The College names to Freshman Honors Wellesley students can become involved in Students planning summer study in foreign those students who maintain high academic the greater Boston community in a variety of countries should consult the Office of For- standing during the freshman year. Juniors w/ays. Some of Wellesley's students choose eign Study. Wellesley awards Slater Summer and seniors whose records after the freshman to vi^ork in Roxbury or other communities Fellowships to students who need to have year are at the level of Wellesley College where they can participate in legal aid, tutor- access to materials available only in foreign Scholars and Durant Scholars may also re- ing, and health services, or church worl<. A countries. First consideration is given to ap- ceive these designations. Final honors, con- number of Wellesley students work with the plicants whose summer studies are related to ferred at Commencement, are based on aca- City of Boston or the Town of Wellesley in honors projects approved for the senior year. demic records after the freshman year and various departments. Waddell Summer Fellowships provide oppor- include the title Wellesley College Scholar for tunities for students wishing to study in Afri- Credit may be given for supervised field work high academic standing and Durant Scholar ca or the Caribbean. An application for a Sla- as a research component of some courses or for highest academic standing. ter or a Waddell Fellowship requires the sup- independent study; in other instances, experi- Juniors and seniors are elected to member- ence in the community forms part of the re- port of the student's major department and a ship in the Eta of chapter of quired work of courses dealing with social, statement from the financial aid officer show- Massachusetts Phi Beta Kappa on the basis of their total aca- political, or economic issues. Generally, stu- ing what funds are needed to supplement the financial resources. demic achievement in college. Seniors who dents become involved in community work for student's are majoring in the sciences elected many other reasons besides the possibility of may be to Academic Distinctions membership in the Wellesley chap- earning academic credit. associate ter of Sigma Xi. Honors in the Major Field Credit for Summer School and Summer Students who have shown marked excellence On recommendation of the faculty, the trus- Independent Study and an unusual degree of independence in tees award to four seniors who intend to pur- Some students undertake planned programs their work in the major field may receive the sue graduate studies the title of Trustee in competi- of summer independent study which they Bachelor of Arts degree with Honors the Scholar. The awards are made on a have designed with members of an academic Major Field. Eligibility forthe program is tive basis. The title is honorary; in cases of department and their class dean. Other stu- based on the student's record in the major financial need stipends are awarded to the dents attend summer school. The amount of field. Under this program an eligible student Scholars or, if not required by them, to alter- summer school credit allowed toward the may be invited to undertake independent re- nates who need financial assistance. Applica- search or special will be super- tions supporting credentials be degree is limited to two units, and is not auto- study which and should matic. Students should consult theirclass vised by a member of the faculty. In several sent to the Secretary to the Committee on deans and appropriate departments before departments, options for general examina- Graduate Fellowships and Scholarships by tions, enrolling in summer school courses for which special honors seminars, and oppor- January 15. tunities to assist faculty in introductory and they expect credit toward the Wellesley Certain prizes have been established at the intermediate level courses are available to degree. College for the recognition of merit in a par- honors candidates. The successful comple- ticular field. Each carries a small stipend or tion of the work and of an oral honors exami- gift and usually bears the name of the donor nation leads to the award of Honors in the or the person honored, and is awarded for Major Field. excellence by the departments. THECURRICULUM 47

Leave of Absence The College reserves the right to require the Information about many professions is main- withdrawal of any student whose academic tained in the resources center in the Career Recognizing that it is to the educational ad- work falls below its standards, or for whom Services Office. Students will find informa- i/antage of nnany students to interrupt the Wellesley may not have been the best choice. tion about qualifying examinations, and cata- normal sequence of four continuous years at In such cases of involuntary withdrawal, logues containing the prerequisites for Wellesley, the College has established a pol- which are rare, the official date of withdrawal admission to a great number of professional icy for temporary leaves of absence. Leaves is determined by the College. schools. may be taken for as short a period as one se- mester and as long as two years, and for a For those students considering employment Readmisslon variety of reasons which may include study after graduation, the Career Services Office at another institution, work, travel, or other A student who has withdrawn from the Col- maintains files on the job opportunities in activities which meet personal needs. Appli- lege and wishes to return should apply to the various business, health, educational, and cation for leave of absence may be made to Office of the Dean of Studies for the appropri- social organizations. In addition, a full re- the class dean at any time after a student has ate forms. Readmisslon will be considered in cruiter schedule, job referral notices, and completed at least one year at Wellesley. the light of the reasons for withdrawal and individual counseling sessions aid students reapplication, and in the case of resident stu- in their job search. To obtain permission to spend the year at dents, available residence hall space. A non- another institution as nonmatriculated stu- refundable fee of $1 5 must accompany the Teaching in Secondary School dents or guests, students submit a detailed application form for readmisslon. Some teaching positions in public as well as plan to the class dean or advisor and, if a ma- in private schools are open to college gradu- jor has been chosen, to that department. The Career Preparation ates without further study. Students who plan should list the course of study for the complete the course in supervised teaching year and justify its relationship to the four A liberal arts education does not prepare a and three other units of study in education year program. Students must also submit a student for a specific career. It is intended to and two in psychology are able to fulfill the statement signed by the dean or registrar of provide that broad background upon which a minimum requirements for a teaching license the other institution recognizing their status student depends in indescribable ways in many states. as nonmatriculated students who will return throughout a lifetime. The Wellesley curricu- to Wellesley to complete their work for the lum provides a student with the opportunity Qualification for supervised teaching neces- degree. to explore various fields of knowledge and to sitates that all requirements for distribution secure in-depth preparation in a specific ma- and the major (with the possible exception of Withdrawal jor field. The student then can either begin a one unit of independent study) be completed career or pursue further study in graduate in three and one-half years. With or without Students who plan to withdraw must inform school for more specialized professional credit for Advanced Placement and summer the class dean. A withdrawal form will then be work. study, careful planning permits easy sched- sent to the parents or guardian for their signa- uling to this effect. ture. The official date of the withdrawal is During the undergraduate years a student may considered to be the date upon which the meet the requirements for the degree of Bach- A student who intends to teach should con- student and the class dean agree and on elor of Arts and at the same time prepare to sult the chairman of the department of educa- which the withdrawal card is signed by the enter professional schools, for example, ar- tion about requirements for certification and class dean. Students who have officially with- chitecture, law, medicine, public health, so- ways of preparing to meet them as soon as drawn from the College or have taken an offi- cial service, education. A sound education in possible. cial leave of absence for the current semester the liberal arts is considered the best prepara- cannot remain in residence on campus. The tion for admission to most professional withdrawal date is important in order to com- schools, but a student who is interested in pute costs and possible refunds. For regula- any one of the professions should consult the tions concerning refunds, see p. 22. class dean to plan a particular emphasis in the undergraduate program. 48 THE CURRICULUM

College Teaching and Research Most students planning to study medicine or edge of French or German, to be tested by A student who wisties to enter college teach- dentistry elect premedical sciences in the examination at entrance, is required. Individ- ing and research will find that the undergrad- freshman year. Although many students then ual departments may require a second lan- uate work of the College provides preparation choose to major in one of these sciences, all guage. A comprehensive examination testing for graduate study leading to advanced de- medical and dental schools recognize the the work of all the courses counting toward grees in the arts and sciences. The chairman importance of a liberal arts education as prep- the degree is required of all candidates. At of the major department or of the department aration for a medical career and accept quali- least one year in residence is required of all in which a student hopes to pursue graduate fied applicants regardless of their major. Pro- candidates. study should be consulted as soon as possi- vided they fulfill the minimum requirements Information regarding admission may be ob- ble to learn which courses in the field of spe- for admission, premedical and predental stu- tained from the chairmen of the Departments cial interest and which foreign languages will dents are free to major in the field which inter- of Art and Biological Sciences. be most useful. It should be noted that for ests them the most. For other areas in the graduate study in many fields a reading health professions, a major in one of the sci- Continuing Education knowledge of two specified foreign languages ences or social sciences may be advisable. is required. The student will find the class The Continuing Education Program is normal- Material, prepared for students interested in dean, the faculty advisor, the chairmen of ly for women 25 years of age or older or whose the health sciences, is available from the Ca- departments, and the staff of the Career Ser- education has been interrupted for five or reer Services Office upon request and should vices Office helpful in locating information more years prior to the date of application. be helpful to those seeking about graduate schools. more specific advice. In addition, the chairman and mem- This nonresidential program enables students bers of the Premedical Advisory to enroll either part-time or full-time. They Civil Service Committee will be glad to discuss curricular problems attend classes with Wellesley undergraduates A student wishing to qualify for examinations with the students who are considering one of and take the same courses. offered by the United States Civil Service the health professions. Premedical and pre- Commission or various state and local civil The majority of Continuing Education stu- dental students should contact the premedi- service agencies should consult the Career dents resume study toward the Bachelor of cal advisor early in their college Services Office about current requirements. years. Arts degree; others who have undergraduate degrees may need further training or reeduca- Requirements for Degree of Master of Arts The Health Professions tion in preparation for a career or graduate In general, the minimum requirements for The Master of Arts degree is offered in art and study; others may simply wish to explore a admission to recognized medical schools, biological sciences. The College does not new field. Continuing Education students dental schools, and other graduate schools in maintain a program of courses for graduate who are candidates for the B.A. degree must the health professions can be met by 4 units students separate from those offered for un- complete a minimum of 8 units of work at the in chemistry, 2 units in physics, 2 units in dergraduates. Properly qualified graduate College.

biology, and 2 units in English. Some medical students are admitted to Grade III courses and Although men are not admitted as candidates schools require 2 units in mathematics, and seminars, and to course 350. Research or for the B.A. degree at Wellesley, they may some also advise study in the behavioral sci- Individual Study. take courses for credit under this program. ences. Because there is some variation in A candidate for the Degree of Master of Arts is minimum requirements, students should required to complete 8 units of graduate work, consult the most recent editions of Medical which ordinarily includes a thesis embodying School Admissions Requirements and the results of original research. The program Admission Requirements of American Dental is arranged by the student's major department Schools. Current editions are available in the and is subject to the approval of the Commit- Career Services Office. tee on Graduate Instruction. A reading knowl- COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 50 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION/LEGEND Legend

A semester course which carries one unit of Courses numbered: credit requires approximately eleven hours of work each weei< spent partly in class and part- 100-199 ly in preparation. The amount of time sched- Grade I courses uled for classes varies with the subject from two periods each week in many courses in the 200-299 humanities and social sciences to three, four, Grade II courses or five scheduled periods in certain courses in foreign languages, in art and music, and in 300-380 the sciences. Classes are scheduled from Grade III courses Monday morning through late Friday after- noon; examinations may be scheduled from Monday morning through late Saturday after- (1) (1-2) noon. Offered in first Continued semester throughout the Prerequisites are given in terms of Wellesley academic year. courses, exemption examinations, AP scores, (2) Unless specifically and "admission units." Admission units refer Offered in second stated, no credit to the secondary school credits acquired in semester is awarded unless various precollege courses. both semesters are (1) (2) completed Offered in both satisfactorily. semesters lor 2 Units of credit

Absent on leave Part-time instructor

.1 [ ] Absent on leave Numbers in during the first brackets designate semester courses listed only in earlier .2 catalogues. Absent on leave during the second semester

Offered in alternate years. Note: Unless specifically stated such courses will be offered in 1974-75. ART 52 ART History of Art

Professor: 100(1-2) Introductory Course 202 (2) Medieval Sculpture and Painting Shell 1 or 2 1 A foundation for further study in the history of A survey of the major monuments of sculp- Associate Professor; art. The major styles in western architecture, ture, manuscript and fresco painting in Frisch, Moffett, Wallace, Anderson, sculpture, and painting from ancient Greece France and England during the Romanesque Rayen, Fergusson (Chairman) through the 19th century are presented in and Gothic periods with particular emphasis lectures and in conference sections. Simple on the context of use, the formation of work- Assistant Professor: laboratory work requiring no previous training shops, and the development of programs. Janis, Clapp*, Marvin, Lyndon, or artistic skill planned to give the student a Open to freshmen and sophomores who have MacNei|3, Friedman3, Larrabee, greater understanding of artistic problems. taken 100 (1 ), and to juniors and seniors with- Sokoloff*, Yarde, Weiner, Garrison3 One unit of credit may be given for the first out prerequisite. semester. Instructor: Open only to freshmen and sophomores. Solomon^, Huenink3 The Staff 203(1) Medieval Architecture 1 Lecturer: 200(1) Classical Art The architecture of western Europe from the Galther3, Gabhart 1 Fall of Rome to the beginning of the Renais- Topic for1974-75; Greek painting, sculpture, sance with particular concentration on the The Department of Art offers courses in the and architecture from the Geometric Period to great Romanesque and Gothic monuments. history of art and in studio art. Some of the the death of Cleopatra. Greek sculpture will Occasional conferences. courses in art history include laboratory work be emphasized and some attention will be Open to sophomores who have taken 1 00 (1 ), the is in one or more media with which course paid to the impact of Greek forms on later and to juniors and seniors without prerequi- studio courses, 204, is concerned. One of the western art. Topic for 1975-76: Art in the cities site. a survey of the techniques of painting from design of Roman of the Roman Empire. The Mr. Fergusson present, is re- the Middle Ages to the and cities and the buildings in them as well as the quired of all art majors. The department be- public and private monuments which illus- value 215 (1) European Art to the Renaissance lieves that laboratory training has great trate the character of Roman taste. understanding 1 in developing observation and Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors in architecture, sculp- of artistic problems. For students majoring in The major movements who have taken 1 00 (1 ) or 21 5, or by permis- particularly artistic ture, and painting from classical antiquity to history of art, however, no sion of the instructor. c. 1400. Students attend course 100 lectures aptitude is required, and the laboratory work Miss Marvin have the option of attending course 100 is adjusted to the student's ability. and conferences. Reading and paper assignments An art major may either concentrate in history 201 (2)* Near Eastern and Bronze Age Art differ from those of 100. Students will be in art. The M.A. degree is of art or studio 1 assigned staff advisors. Directions offered in history of art. See for The art and archaeology of the eastern Medi- Open only to juniors and seniors who have Election. terranean from 3000 B.C. to 1200 B.C. The not taken 100. interrelations of the cultures of Egypt, Meso- The Staff potamia, Minoan Crete, Mycenaean Greece, and their neighbors will be studied. Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors without prerequisite and to freshmen by per- mission of the instructor.

Not offered in 1974-75. See 380. Miss Marvin ))

ART 53

to Painting and Sculpture of the 231 (1) American Art from Colonial Times 216 (2) European Art from the Renaissance 221(2) Centuries In the Civil War through the Nineteenth Century Seventeenth and Eighteenth Northern Europe 1 1 A survey of American painting, sculpture, and \Nes\ern art from the Renaissance through the 1 German paint- architecture from the Colonial period to the 19th century with emphasis on painting, Flemish, Dutch, French, and the 17th century with Civil War. Attention given to the relationship sculpture, and architecture. Students attend ing and sculptureof emphasis on Rembrandt and Rubens. French between art and the social history and litera- course 1 00 lectures and have the option of sculpture of the 18th ture of the time. Not open to students who attending course 100 conferences. Reading and English painting and have taken [225]. and paper assignments differ from those of century. 220. Prerequisite: same as for 220. 100. Prerequisite: same as for Prerequisite: same as for 215. Mr. Wallace Mrs. Friedman Staff The from the Civil War to 224(1-2) tt/lodernArt 232 (2) American Art York School 2 the Foundation of the New 219 (1) Painting and Sculpture of the lor painting, sculp- 1 Nineteenth Century The major developments in painting, sculpture, and architec- ture, and architecture from early in this cen- American 1 ture from the Civil War to the foundation of sculpture of the 19th tury to the present. Conference sections in A study of painting and given to the semester. One unit of credit may be the New York School. Attention century in the United States and Europe with second Background read- relation between art and the social history and emphasis on France. given for either semester. literature of the time. Not open to students ing is required if elected in second semester Open to sophomores who have taken 1 00 (1 who have taken [225]. permission of the instructor to only. and (2), by as for 220. 1 and or 21 6, or 219, or Prerequisite: same freshmen who are taking 100, and to juniors Prerequisite: 00 (1) (2), and seniors without prerequisite. permission of the instructor. Mrs. Friedman Ms. Janis Mr. Moffett 248 (2) Later Buddhist Art in China and Afro-American Art Japan 220(1) Painting and Sculpture of the 226 (1) History of 1 Eighteenth Centuries in 1 Seventeenth and the later art from colonial Study of sculpture and painting of Southern Europe A survey of Afro-American in China and Japan. Em- times to the present. Special attention will be Buddhist schools 1 Afro-Ameri- phasis on the art of the Pure Land, Zen, and Spanish painting and given to the relationship between A study of Italian and will be and cultural conditions in Esoteric sects. Some consideration sculpture with special emphasis on Caravag- can art and social given to the origins of the Esoteric sects in gio Bernini, and on El Greco and Velas- America. and their later development in Nepal all students. India and to quez. Open to and Tibet. Open to sophomores who have taken 1 00 (1 Mr. Gaither Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors and and to juniors and seniors without (2), who have taken one unit in art history; or one prerequisite. unit in Asian history, religion or literature; or Mr. Wallace by permission of the instructor. Mrs. Weiner 54 ART

249(1) Far Eastern Art (2)* Art 254 of the City: Medieval, 304 (1) Late Medieval and Renaissance 1 Renaissance, and Baroque Sculpture Topic for 1 974-75: Early Buddhist art of Great- 1 1 er India and China. Study of Buddhist archi- Aspects of the history of urban form, and of A study of major sculptors from the 14th cen- tecture, sculpture, and painting from their art in public areas of the city in the medieval, tury to the end of the 16th century with em- origins through the eighth century Mahayana Renaissance, and Baroque periods. Analysis phasis on Italy and the work of Giovanni in Greater India, China, and the Nara in period of various urban types such as medieval mar- Pisano, Donatello, Ghiberti, and Michelan- Japan. Stylistic developments will be con- ket towns, ideal city plans in the Renais- gelo. sidered in relation to the evolution of Bud- sance, and innovations in city planning in the Prerequisite: same as for 302. dhist religious thought and to cultural tradi- 1 7th century. Attention will be given to sculp- Mrs. Anderson tions in different parts of Asia. Topic tor tural programs designed to enhance public 1975-76; Japanese art. An introduction to the spaces and buildings. 305(1) The Graphic Arts sculpture and pictorial arts of Japan from the Open to sophomores who have taken 202, or early Buddhist period through the 18th cen- 1 203, or 220, or 251 , and to juniors and seniors The graphic tury woodblock print. without prerequisite. arts from the Renaissance to the Prerequisite: same as for 248. present. Emphasis on the styles of Diirer, Mrs. Anderson Rembrandt, Goya, and Picasso. Special at- Mrs. Weiner tention given to the influence of technique 302 (2)* Italian Painting: The Fourteenth upon style. Laboratory instruction in the pro- 251(1) Italian Renaissance Art and Fifteenth Centuries cesses of woodcut, engraving, etching, li- 1 1 thography. Visits to collections. Not open to Painting and sculpture in Italy in the15th and A study of selected artists whose work sig- students who have taken 306 (1 ). 16th centuries. Special attention given to nificantly illustrates the character of the late Open only to seniors. major masters and monuments, with empha- medieval and the early Renaissance styles. Ms. Janis, Mrs. Lyndon sis on the general artistic principles of Early Emphasis in 1974-75 will be on 15th century and High Renaissance in Florence, Rome, artists. 306 History of and northern Italy. Analysis of patronage Open to sophomores (2) Photography and who have taken 251 , to 1 changing cultural and aesthetic ideals in the juniors and seniors who have taken or are A survey of photography in France, England, Renaissance period. taking one Grade II unit in the department, or and the United States in the Prerequisite: same as for 220. by permission of the instructor. 19th and 20th centuries. Topics will include styles of indi- Mr. Shell Mr. Shell vidual photographers and movements, the problem of style in photography, and the re- 303 (2)* Italian Painting: The Sixteenth ciprocal relationship between photography Century and the graphic arts. 1 Open only to juniors and seniors who have Studies of the major masters of the High taken 219 or 305 or 306 (1 ). Renaissance followed by the examination of Ms. Janis some selected Mannerist painters and of those developments within 16th century painting which lead in the direction of the Baroque. Considerable attention to Venetian masters. Prerequisite: same as for 302.

Not offered in 1974-75.

Mr. Shell .

ART 55

Painting 334 (2) Seminar. Problems in 308(2) Renaissance and Baroque 330 (2)* Seminar. Italian Archaeological Method and Theory Architecture 1 Topic for 1974-75; Intensive study of prob- 1 1 theoretical premises in the painting of Michelangelo and An examination of the The Early and High Renaissance, Mannerist, lems Raphael. underlying the study of ancient art and ar- and Baroque styles of the 1 5th through the Open by permission of the instructor to stu- chaeology. The problems dealt with will in- 1 8th centuries, with particular emphasis on dents who have taken one of the following: clude the models from which ancient soci- Italy. 308, or 311. eties are reconstructed, methods of excava- Prerequisite; same as for 302. 251, 302, 303, 304, tion and analysis of materials, the design of Mr. Shell Not offered in 1974-75. research projects, and the special problems of the historian of ancient art. Required of Mrs. Friedman 331 (2) Seminar archaeology majors. Meets jointly with MIT 1 Europe 21.682. 311(2)* Painting of Northern a different topic each year. Normally Prerequisite; at least one Grade II unit of an- 1 Prerequisite; same as for 330. cient art, ancient history, or archaeology. Painting in the period from the late 14th cen- offered in 1974-75. tury through the early 16th century in France, Not Not offered in 1974-75. Germany, and the Low Countries. Emphasis Mr. Shell Miss Marvin, Mr. Steinberg (MIT) on aspects of International Gothic style paint- ing and miniatures; on the Flemish painters (2)* Seminar. Medieval Art 332 335 (1) Seminar. Selected Problems in the Gampin, van Eyck, van der Weyden, and van 1 History ot Art derGoes; and on Durer. Intensive study of either one problem or a 1 Open to sophomores who have taken 202 or in medieval paint- series of related problems Intensive study of either one problem or a have taken or 251 ; to juniors and seniors who sculpture. ing or series of related problems in 20th century are taking one Grade II unit in the department, of the instructor to jun- Open by permission painting. or by permission of the instructor. have taken 202 or 203. iors and seniors who Open by permission of the instructor. Not offered in 1974-75. 1974-75. See 380. Not offered in Mr. Moffett Mrs. Anderson Mr. Fergusson 336 (2) Seminar. Museum Problems Problems in Nineteenth and Early 312 (2) 333(1) Seminar. Baroque Art 1 Art Twentieth Century 1 An investigation of the history and structure 1 Problems of style, connoisseurship, and of the museum, the philosophy of exhibitions of special problems of interpretation A study iconology in 1 7th century art concentrating on and acquisitions, and the role of the museum 20th century art. Romantic in 19th and early major Italian or northern Baroque masters. in modern society, combining the theory and interpretations of Manet, photog- imagery, Open by permission to juniors and seniors practice of all aspects of museum work. Prob- origins of raphy and painting, historicism, who have taken 220 or 221 lems of conservation, exhibition, acquisition, reading abstraction. Emphasis on extensive publication, and education will be discussed. class discussion. Mr. Wallace and If the museum schedule permits, students permission of the Prerequisite; 219 or will be involved in the planning and mounting instructor. of an exhibition. Visits to museums and pri- Ms. Janis vate collections in the area will be arranged. Open by permission of the instructor to jun- iors, seniors, and graduate students who have

taken one Grade II unit in the department. Ms. Gabhart 56 ART Directions for Election

337 (2)* Seminar. Chinese Art 380 (2) Mini Courses History of Art 1 An art major concentrating in history of art Normally a different topic eacfi year. Intensive six-week study of a specialized must elect both semesters of 100 (unless an Open by permission of the instructor to jun- topic in medieval or classical art. One unit exemption examination is passed), 204, and iors and seniors who have taken 248. of credit will be given for two mini courses. at least five further units in history of art. For distribution, students elect at least Not offered in 1974-75. Topics fori 974-75; must one unit each in three of the following six areas of Series I (a) The Shaft Grave Circles of My- specialization: ancient, medieval. Renais- 345 (1) (2) Seminar. Historical Approaches cenae. The course will examine the two great sance, Baroque and 18th century, 19th and to Art for the Major shaft circles at Mycenae, looking both at the 20th centuries, nonwestern art. Art 345 and 1 type of burial and at the contents of the 305 may not be used to meet this distribution Comparative study of the major art historical graves. Discussion of the implications for requirement. If approved the chairman, approaches and their philosophical bases: social and economic organization which can by courses elected at other institutions may be connoisseurship, iconography, theories of be drawn from the tombs as well as the artis- used to meet the distribution requirement. the evolution of art, theories of style, psycho- tic and technological levels of artifacts there- analysis and art, psychology of perception, in, (b) Sculpture of the Egyptian Old Kingdom The new distribution requirement is recom- and theories of art criticism. Strongly recom- in the Boston fVluseum of Fine Arts. The Mu- mended but not mandatory for the Class of mended to all art majors; required of all candi- seum of Fine Arts in Boston has one of the 1975. dates for the M.A. degree. leading collections of Old Kingdom sculpture Students planning to major in history of art Open to juniors and seniors who have taken or in the world. This course will focus on the should plan to take 204 in the second semes- are taking one Grade II unit in the department. finds from the Giza necropoleis and the prob- ter of the sophomore year or in the first se- lems of style and iconography presented by Mr. tvioffett, Mrs. Weiner mester of the junior year. the material Prerequisite: 100 (1) or 215, and permission of Art 345 is strongly recommended for all ma- 350 (1 ) (2) Research or Individual Study the instructor. jors, especially those who are considering 1 or2 graduate study in history of art. Open to qualified students by permission of Miss Marvin the instructor and the chairman of the depart- The department does not encourage over- ment. Series II (a) h/ledieval Restoration. An exam- specialization in any one area, but by careful ination of the restoration of medieval monu- choice of related courses a student may plan 370 (1-2) Honors Program ments, mainly architectural, with emphasis a field of concentration emphasizing one per- 2 to 4 on the late 18th and 19th centuries. The differ- iod or area, for example, medieval art or orien- Required of all honors candidates in the ing philosophies towards restoration and the tal art. Students interested in such a plan department. historic controversies generated by the work should consult the chairman of the depart- of men like Wyatt, Scott, Viollet-le-Duc and ment as early in the freshman or sophomore Abadie will be the focus of the seminar, (b) year as possible. The h/ledieval Castle. An investigation of the Students interested in graduate study in the origins, development, and decline of the me- field of conservation of works of art should dieval castle with particular emphasis on consult with the chairman of the department typological, architectural, functional, and regarding chemistry requirements for en- sociological characteristics. trance into conservation programs. Ordinarily Prerequisite: 100 (1) or 21 5, and permission of at least two semesters of chemistry at the the instructor. college level should be elected. Mr. Fergusson Studio Courses ART 57

^ reading knowledge of German and French, In order to receive credit for studio courses, 205 (1) (2) Introductory Painting

Dr Italian, is strongly recommended. A limited except 1 08, at least two units in the history of 1 number of qualified students may elect for art must also be elected. The department A study of basic forms in plastic relationships credit seminars offered by thie curators of the recommends that the units in the history of in a variety of media. Four periods of class Boston Museum of Fine Arts, Details of this art precede or be elected concurrently with instruction. program are available from the chairman. the studio courses. Prerequisite; same as for 105.

The attention of students is called to the Mr. Rayen, Mr. Larrabee 105 (1) (2) Introductory Drawing interdepartmental major in classical and Near 1 Eastern archaeology. 207(1) Introductory Sculpture Introductory drawing with emphasis on basic 1 forms in spatial relationships. Stress on the M.A. in History of Art Analysis of forms using clay and direct plas- essential control of line In a variety of media. Eight units of advanced work are required, of ter to study closely the distribution of weight Four periods of class Instruction and four of which at least six units must be Grade III. The and volume in space and light. Additional studio practice. Bight units must include 345, and at least one weekly assignments involving three-dimen- Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors, unit of independent research. A comprehen- sional analyses and constructions in paper. and by permission to freshmen who have sive examination and reading knowledge of Four periods of class instruction. studied art before entering college. two foreign languages, German and either Prerequisite: same as for 1 05. French, Italian, Latin or Greek, are required Mrs. Frisch, Mr. Rayen, Mr. Larrabee, Mrs. Lyndon for the completion of the degree. Mrs. Lyndon

208 (2) Advanced Photography 108 (1) (2) Introductory Photography 1 1 The development of one's personal photo- Photography as a means of visual communi- graphic vision through intensive technical and cation. Problems dealing with light, tonal aesthetic studies in photography. Indepen- values, two- and three-dimensional space, dent projects in which students are encour- documentary and aesthetic approaches to the aged to combine studies in photography with medium. Emphasis on printing and critical work in related disciplines such as history, analysis of photographs. Four periods of philosophy, creative writing, psychology. class Instruction. Limited enrollment. Study of the work of master photographers, Open by permission of the instructor. writings on photography, and discussions Mrs. MacNeil with lecturers from various disciplines. Four periods of class instruction. Limited enroll- 204 (1) (2) General Techniques Course ment. 1 Prerequisite: 1 08 or permission of the A survey of significant technical material instructor. related to the history of western painting from Mrs. MacNeil the Middle Ages to the modern period. Includ- ed are laboratory problems of purely technical nature requiring no artistic skill. Open to other students who are taking Grade

II or Grade III art history courses. Required of all art majors.

Mr. Rayen, Mr. Larrabee, Mr. Yarde 58 ART Directions for Election

209 (2) Design I 313 (1) Painting: Watercolor Studio Art 1 1 An art major concentrating in studio art must Basic problems in two and three dimensions Technical problems dealing with the trans- elect 100, 105, 204, and at least fouraddition- stressing texture and composition. Four parent nature of watercolor. Emphasis on al Grade II or Grade III units in studio art. periods of class instruction. landscape and still life composition. Four Prerequisite: 105 or 205 or permission of the periods of class instruction. instructor. Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors Mr. Yarde who have taken 100 or 105 or a Grade II course in studio art or by permission of the in- structor. 210(1) Design II: Color 1 IVIrs. Frisch Basic problems in the interaction of color. Four periods of class instruction. 314(1) Advanced Drawing Prerequisite: same as for 209. 1 Problems dealing with the progress from line H/lr. Rayen to form to chiaroscuro. Analysis of anatomy, perspective, and composition with 212 (2)* Printmaking emphasis on direct visual observation of the model. 1 Four periods of class instruction. A study of raised image and intaglio print- Prerequisite: 105. making including woodcut, etching, aquatint, and engraving. Four periods of class instruc- Mr. Yarde tion.

Prerequisite: 105. 315 (2) Advanced Painting 1 IVIrs. Lyndon Continuing problems in the formal elements of pictorial 307 (2) Advanced Sculpture space, including both representa- 1 tional and abstract considerations in a variety of periods Problems in sculptural composition, both media. Four of class instruction. representational and abstract. Exploration of Prerequisite: 105 and 205. various media including plaster, wood, and Mr. Yarde metals. Technical considerations include basic shop procedures and use of power tools. Four periods of class instruction. Lim- ited enrollment. Prerequisite: 207 or permission of the instructor.

IVIrs. Lyndon ASTRONOMY .

60 ASTRONOMY

Professor: 103 (1) (2) Introduction to Astronomy 206 (1) Basic Astronomical Techniques I Birney (Chairman) 1 1 Relationships of earth and sky; the solar sys- Visual and photographic use of the tele- Associate Professor: stars, tem, and galaxies. Two periods of lec- scopes. Optics applied to astronomical in- Adier ture and discussion weekly with a third period struments. Astronomical coordinate systems. every other week; laboratory in alternate Spherical trigonometry. Conversion of time Assistant Professor: weeks, and unscheduled evening work at the and use of Ephemeris. Star catalogs. Quanti- Dinger Observatory for observation and use of the tative classification of stellar spectra. telescopes. Prerequisite: same as for 204. Open to all students. Mr. Adier The Staff

207 (2) Basic Astronomical Techniques II 200 (2) Modern Physics 1 1 Measurement of stellar radial velocities. For description and prerequisite see Physics Photoelectric and photographic photometry. 200. Applications of the Method of Least Squares and statistical methods. The semester's work 201 (1) Techniques of Intermediate Calculus includes an independent project at the tele- 1 scope. For description and prerequisite see Mathe- Prerequisite: 206 and Mathematics 111 . Pre- matics 201 requisite or corequisite: [1 04] or 204. Mr. Adier 202(1) Optical Physics 1 216 (2) Applications of Mathematics to the For description and prerequisite see Physics Physical Sciences I 202. 1 For description and prerequisite see Extra- 203 (2) Recent Developments in Astronomy departmental 216. 1 Contemporary problems in optical, radio, and 217 (1) Applications of Mathematics to the space astronomy. Astronomical observations Physical Sciences II from outside the earth's atmosphere. Radio 1 galaxies and quasars. For description and prerequisite see Extra- Prerequisite: 103. departmental 217. Mr. Adier Not offered in 1974-75.

204 (1)(2) Stellar and Galactic Astronomy

Selected topics of fundamental importance in astronomy will be discussed in depth. Not open to students who have taken [104].

Open to students who have taken 1 03 and are familiar with trigonometric functions. Miss Dinger Directions for Election ASTRONOMY 61

302(2) Galactic Structure The following courses form the minimum

1 major: [104] or 204, 207, 216, 302; Physics Distribution and kinematics of the stellar and 200, 202; and two additional Grade III units in lonstellar components of the galaxy. Galactic astronomy or physics. Ext radepart mental 110 Qtation, problems of spiral structure, the is strongly recommended. In planning a major galactic nucleus, the halo. program students should note that some of Prerequisite: [104] or 204, and 201 or 216 (2) these courses have prerequisites in mathe- 3r Mathematics 208. matics and/or physics. Additional courses for the major may be elected in the departments Mot offered in 1974-75. of physics, mathematics, and astronomy.

304 (1)* Introduction to Astrophysics A substantial background in physics is re-

I quired for graduate study in astronomy. rhe physical nature of the sun and stars de- A student planning to enter graduate school lved from analysis of their spectra. in astronomy should supplement the mini- Prerequisite: same as for 302. mum major with courses in physics, includ- Mot offered in 1974-75. ing Physics 306 and, if possible, other Grade

III work. The student is also urged to acquire a 349(1)* Selected Topics reading knowledge of French, Russian, or

1 German. of a specific field, ntensive study See p. 37 for a description of Whitin Obser- for 302. ^'rerequisite; same as vatory and its equipment. Mr. Birney

350 (1) (2) Research or Individual Study

1 or2 Open to juniors and seniors by permission.

370 (1-2) Honors Program 2 to 4 Required of all honors candidates in the department.

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 64 BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES

Physiology Professor: 100 (1) (2) Multicellular Plants and Animals 200 (1 ) (2) Cellular Fiske (Chairman), Widmayer* 1 1 Major biological concepts emphasizing rela- Intensive study of cell function, physical Associate Professor: tionships between structure and function characteristics of cells, energy metabolism Harrison*, Coyne, Schweber through examination of selected plant and and metabolic pathways, irritability of cells, animal systems. membranes and membrane transport, evolu- Assistant Professor: Open to all students except those who have tion of enzyme systems, control mechan- Allen, Rubenstein, Dobbins, van der Laan, taken [103] or [105]. isms. Students intending to major should Machtiger, Sanford, Busch elect this course as soon as possible. The Staff Prerequisite: 100 and 101 and one unit of Laboratory Instructor: college chemistry. 101 (2) Cell Biology and Microbial Life Muise, Dermody 1 Mrs. Allen, Mrs. Coyne, Mr. Machtiger, Plant, animal and microbial cell structure, Ms. Wong Graduate Assistant: chemistry and function. Growth and repro- Wong3, Manski3 duction of cells, energy relationships and 201(1) Introductory Ecology genetics. Activities of microorganisms in 1 Laboratory of Electron Microscopy their natural habitats. An introduction to ecosystem structure and Professor: Open to all students except those who have development, including population and com- Padykula, Gauthier taken [104] or [106] or [107]. munity ecology, intraspecific and interspe- cific relationships among organisms, and The Staff Unless otherwise noted all courses meet for biogeography. Emphasis on evolutionary five periods of lecture, discussion, and lab- aspects of ecology. Laboratory emphasis on Biology oratory weekly, except for seminars that meet 109 (1) Human field work and reduction and presentation of for two periods. 1 quantitative data. of and physiology of man. Study anatomy Prerequisite: 100 or permission of the work on genetics, population Some human instructor. control, nutrition, and immunology. Two lec- tures weekly with a double period every other Mr. van der Laan, Mr. Sanford week for demonstration-discussions. Does not meet the laboratory science distribution 202(1) Comparative Anatomy requirement. Will not count toward the mini- 1 with mum major in biological sciences. Comparative anatomy of the chordates within the Open to all students except those who have emphasis on evolutionary trends taken 100 or [105]. vertebrate group. Dissection of representative forms including the dogfish and the cat. The Staff Open to students who have taken 1 00 or [1 05] and to juniors and seniors without prerequi- site.

Mr. Rubenstein BiOLOGICAL SCIENCES 65

203(1) Vascular Plants 207(1) Nonvascular Plants 302 (2) Animal Physiology 1 1 1 Developmental morphology and anatomy of Identification of representative algae, fungi, Study of function of organ systems in ani- psilopsids, lycopods, ferns and seed plants. lichens, liverworts, and mosses with empha- mals. Emphasis on the vertebrates. or Observation and experimentation in tfie lab- sis on their use as experimental organisms. Prerequisite: 200 and Chemistry 103 [107], oratory, field, and greenhouses. Laboratory Observation and experimentation in the lab- or permission of the instructor. includes basic microtechnique, light micros- oratory, field, and greenhouses. Mrs. Coyne, Mr. Busch, Mrs. Manski copy, and photomicrography. Prerequisite: same as for 203. Prerequisite; 100 or or permission of the [103] Mr. Sanford 303(1) Plant Physiology mstructor. 1 Mr. Dobbins 208 (2) Basic Horticulture Physiology of plant growth considering hor- 1 mones, reproduction, mineral nutrition, water selected 205 (1) Genetics Fundamentals of cultivation and propagation relations, photosynthesis, and other in 1 of plants, the effects of the environment on topics. Experimentation the laboratory, Principles of inheritance, structure and func- their growth, and the methods of control of greenhouses, and controlled environment tion of hereditary informational molecules, pests and diseases. chambers. application of genetic principles to biological Open to juniors and seniors without prerequi- Prerequisite: same as for 302. problems. Laboratory and lecture material site, and to others who have taken 1 00 or [1 03] selected from plant, animal, microbial, and or the equivalent. studies. Students intending to major human Mr. Dobbins, Mr. Sanford 304 (2) Histology-Cytology II: Structure of should elect this course before entering Organ Systems rade III work. 209 (2) Bacteriology 1 Open to students who have taken 101 or by 1 Analysis of the microscopic organization of permission of the instructor. Environmental and biological relationships of organ systems, particularly those of the mam- Ms. Schweber, Mrs. Dermody bacteria, including disease and immunity. mal. Detailed examination of selected spe- Study of groups of bacteria in relation to their cialized cells; the relationship of ultrastruc- tural cytochemical features to character- 206 (1) Histology-Cytology I: Cell and ecological niches. and issue Structure Prerequisite: 101 and one unit of college istic physiological processes. chemistry or permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: 206 and permission of the The microscopic organization of animal cells instructor. Mr. Machtiger and tissues. Ultrastructural and cytochemical Ms. Padykula, Ms. Gauthier considered, especially in relation to features 210(2) Invertebrate Zoology functional activity. Laboratory study includes 1 305 (2) Seminar. Genetics direct experience with selected histological Comparative study of the major invertebrate 1 and histochemical techniques. groups emphasizing evolutionary trends and Cytological and biochemical aspects of gene or or [107]. Prerequisite: 101 [106] adaptations to the environment. structure and function, mutational and re- Ms. Padykula, Ms. Gauthier Prerequisite: 100 or[105]. combinational processes, problems of cellu- lar differentiation. Mr. van der Laan Prerequisite: 205, and either 200 or Chemistry of instructor. [201 ] or 21 1 , or permission the 221 (1)(2) Biochemistry I 1 Ms. Schweber For description and prerequisite see Chem-

istry 221 . .

66 BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES

306 (2) Embryology 313 (1) Microbial Physiology and Cytology 319 (1) Advanced Cytology: Biological 1 1 Ultrastructure Ontogenetic development In chordates and Microorganisms used as model systems for 1 related forms; fertilization, cleavage, differ- the study of cellular growth and its physio- Introduction to the principles and major pro- entiation, organogenesis, metamorphosis, logical basis, metabolic patterns, biochem- cedures of electron microscopy. Emphasis on and growtti ptienomena. Maintenance of preg- ical genetics, and relation of structure to interpretation of ultrastructural and cyto- nancy in mammals. Laboratory empfiasis on function. chemical features of cellular components, topographic anatomy and experimental pro- Prerequisite; same as for 305. 209 is strongly particularly as related to functional activity. A cedure. recommended. knowledge of the basic principles of biochem- Prerequisite; 200 and permission of the in- istry strongly recommended. Mrs. Allen structor. 202 is strongly recommended. Prerequisite: 304 and either Chemistry [201] or 211. Mr. Rubenstein 314 (1) Seminar. Topics in Microbiology 1 Ms. Padykula, Ms. Gauthier 307(2)* Advanced Ecology Topic for 1974-75: Virology, nature of viruses,

1 their molecular biology, and their interaction 326 (2) Biochemistry II In-depth study of population dynamics, spe- with plant, animal, and microbial hosts. Two 1 ciation, competition, and pollution. Extensive periods of lecture. For description and prerequisite see readings in primary source material. Labora- Open by permission of the instructor. Chemistry 326. tory and field studies. Topic for 1975-76: Immunology. The nature of Prerequisite; 201 or permission of the antigens and antibodies, theories of antibody 330 (2) Seminar instructor. formation and antigen-antibody interaction, 1 structural and histological aspects of immu- Topic for 1974-75: Marine biology with em- Not offered in 1974-75. nologically important organs and tissues. phasis on ecological and zoological aspects.

Prerequisite; 200 or Chemistry [201 or 21 1 Open to juniors and seniors by permission of 308 (2) Plant Morphogenesis ] or strongly recommended. the instructor, and to others who have taken 1 [104] 209 two units of biology by permission of the Experimental study of internal and external Mr. Machtiger instructor. factors affecting the development of form. Emphasis is placed on cellular differentiation 315 (2)* Terrestrial Vertebrate Zoology Mr. van der Laan and organogenesis. Tissue culture and prepa- 1 ration of tissues for cytochemical and micro- The forms, function, and evolution of amphib- 331 (1) Seminar. Biological Bases of Animal scopic study. ians, reptiles, birds, and mammals as related Behavior Prerequisite; 200, 205, and either 203 or 207. to their distribution, behavior, and ecology. 1 Mr. Dobbins Laboratory includes field identification and Selected topics, such as aggression, court- individual projects. ship, communication, orientation. Emphasis Prerequisite; [105], and either 201 or 202, or on neurophysiological and endocrinological 312 (2) Seminar. Endocrinology permission of the instructor. control, including readings on experimental 1 work involving brain stimulation and ablation, Selected topics on the regulation and action Not offered in 1974-75. manipulation of hormones and extirpation of of hormones, neurohormones, and phero- sense organs. Examples to be drawn from mones in vertebrates. Emphasis on the study invertebrates and vertebrates. Discussion and of current literature. reports on the literature. Prerequisite: same as for 305. 302 is strongly recommended. Prerequisite; same as for 330. Mrs. Fiske Mr. Busch Directions for Election BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 67

350 (1) (2) Research or Individual Study A major in biological sciences must include Students planning graduate work are advised chemistry 1 or 2 two Grade I units or their equivalent, 200 and to take calculus, the recommended Open to juniors and seniors by permission. 205, which should betaken before declaring and two units of physics, and to acquire a the major or before entering Grade III work, reading knowledge of one or more of the fol- 370 (1-2) Honors Program and two units of chemistry. Additional chem- lowing languages: French, German, Russian. 2 to 4 istry is strongly recommended or required for They should consult the catalogues of the Required of all honors candidates in the certain Grade III courses. schools of their choice for specific require- department. ments. Course 109 counts as a nonlaboratory science for the distribution requirement for the de- Premedical students are referred to the re- gree, but ordinarily does not count toward a quirements given on p. 48. minimum major in biological sciences. For Credit toward the M.A. degree will be given to

the minimum major only two Grade I units are graduate students for all Grade III courses. recommended. A minimum major must in- clude at least four units with laboratory work,

of which two units must be above the Grade I

level. The two Grade III units for the minimum major must be taken at Wellesley College. Independent summer study will not count toward a minimum major. Courses in bio- chemistry, 221 and 326, may be counted to- ward the major in biological sciences with the approval of the chairman. Within the major, students may design a pro- gram in general biology or one which empha- sizes subjects dealing with animals, plants, or microorganisms. A broad training in the various aspects of biology is recommended.

Students interested in an interdepartmental major in molecular biology are referred to p. 198 where the program is described. They should consult with the director of the molec- ular biology program. Courses in biochem- istry do not count among the five biology courses required for the molecular biology major.

BLACK STUDIES 70 BLACK STUDIES

Associate Professor: 106 (1)*** Introduction to the Black b. Black poetry Martin, Scott (Chairman) Experience 1 For description and prerequisite see English Assistant Professor: The course serves as the introductory offering 150 (1)b. Spillers in Black studies and explores in an interdis- (2) ciplinary fashion salient aspects of Black a. 1919. Year of the "New Negro" Lecturer; history, culture, and life in Africa, the Carib- is provide Scarborough, Karefa-Snnart3, Stewart^ bean, and the Americas. Its aim to 206(1-2)*** Afro-American History students vs/ith a fundamental intellectual 1 or 2 Visiting of the world Black experience Professor: understanding First semester: Afro-American history to 1865. it reflected in history, the humanities, J. Karefa-Smart3 as is Study of the political, economic, and social Not open to students and social sciences. development of American Blacks from their who have taken [205]. African origins to the end of the Civil War. Course may be elected to fulfill in part the Open to freshmen and sophomores without Second semester; Afro-American history distribution requirement In Group A prerequisite, and to juniors and seniors by since 1865. An analysis of the social, eco- permission of the instructor. nomic, and political developments within the Mr. Scott Black community from the Reconstruction era Course may be elected to fulfill in part the to the emergence of Black Power. One unit of distribution requirement in Group B 106 (2) Afro-American Music credit may be given for either semester. For description and prerequisite see Music Open to all students except those who have The following courses form the core of offer- 106. taken [204]. ings in Black studies. Mr. Scott 150(1) (2) Colloquia 1 210 (1-2)** Black Drama in the Twentieth For directions for applying see p. 204. Open Century by permission to a limited number of fresh- lor 2 man and sophomore applicants. Basic concepts, subtleties, and complexities of the Black playwright and his interpretation of the various Black experiences that are an a. 1919. Year of the "New Negro" integral part of the Black man's existence in a society. Lonne Elder III, Ron Milner, "New Negro" was a term used by Black peo- racist Adrienne Kennedy, Alice Childress, Joseph ple all over the world to describe the attitudes Walker, James Baldwin, Imamu Baraka, Lor- of militancy and race pride that characterized raine Hansberry, Ted Shine, William Branch, the years after World War I. This colloquium and Douglas Turner Ward are among the play- will examine race riots, militant race organi- wrights to be considered. Special emphasis zations, radical Black publications and the on the aesthetics of Black drama and theatre like for the year 1919. Material will be drawn in general. Students will also be given the from the United States, the West Indies, Eng- opportunity to explore how Black drama has land, South Africa, and possibly other places helped to save Broadway from its own artistic where Black people lived to show the univer- and economic decadence. One unit of credit sality of the "New Negro" phenomenon and may be given for either semester. the interconnectedness of its manifestations. Open to all students. Mr. Martin Mr. Scarborough BLACK STUDIES 71

Experience professional woman; and the role of Black Ml (1)** Introduction to African Literature 220 (1)*** The Blacl< Religious for Black and in America women in both the struggle I women's liberation. One unit of credit will be The development of African literature in Eng- 1 theological analysis of the given for either semester. Isfi and in translation. Althougfi special at- An historical and Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors ention will be paid to tfie novels of Chinua religious experience in Afro-American com- without prerequisite, and to freshmen by ^chebe, writers such as James Ngugi, Cam- munities, with emphasis on the origins, var- Black religion. permission of the instructor. ara Laye, Wole Soyinka, Ezekiel Mphafilele, ied nature, and function of ind Cfiristopfier Okigbo will also be consid- Special attention is given to the works and Miss Stewart jred. Tfie influence of oral tradition on these thinking of major Black clergy and theolo-

) systematic approach A/riters' styles as well as the thematic links gians as an aid to: 1 a 302(2)*** Introduction to African Detween them and writers of the Black awak- to the study of religion; and 2) an informed Philosophy limits and possibilities jning in America and the West Indies will be understanding of the 1 jiscussed as time allows. for religious involvement in a racially oppres- Initiation into basic African philosophical part of the Dpen to all students. sive society. concepts and principles. The first Open to all students. course deals with a systematic interpretation sAr. Menkiti of such questions as the Bantu African philo- Ms. Karefa-Smart sophical concept of Muntu and related be- 215 (1)*" Nationalism and Political liefs, as well as Bantu ontology, metaphysics, ntegration in Tropical Africa 226 (1) History of Afro-American Art and ethics. The second part centers on the 1 1 relationship between philosophy and ideol- An examination of concepts and patterns of For description and prerequisite see Art 226. ogies and its implications in Black African African nationalism, the independence move- social, political, religious, and economic in- Tient, nation building, and political systems 228 (2) Black Literature in America stitutions. The approach will be comparative. development. Special attention will focus on 1 Not open to freshmen. the role of political parties in the functioning For description and prerequisite see English Prerequisite: one unit in philosophy or per- and development of modern African societies. 228. mission of the instructor. Prerequisite; Political Science 100 or permis- sion of the instructor. 230 (1-2)*** The Black Woman in American Mr. Menkiti Society Dr. Karefa-Smart 1or2 310 (1-2)** Seminar. Black Literature First Semester: An analysis of the economic, 1 or 2 217 (2)*** Africa in World Politics Hughes. De- social and political role of Black women in Topic for 1974-75; Langston 1 American society from an historical perspec- scribed widely as "the poet of his people," A study of concepts of supranationalism, leading novelist, tive, beginning with the African background Langston Hughes was a examination of emergent patterns of regional- liter- and continuing through the era of slavery, playwright, poet, and translator of Black Pan-Africanism and continental unity, ism, Reconstruction, urban migration, two world ature. Given his genius and productivity, this Africa and the major powers, and African rela- study of his life wars, to the present. Special emphasis is seminar is being devoted to a with the Third World. and tions placed upon the Black woman within the con- and works. First semester; A selective Prerequisite: same as for 215. of his works from 1920- text of major Black social institutions such as representative sample 1946. Second semester: Writings from 1947- Not offered in 1974-75. the family and church. Second Semester; An examination of the 1967. One unit of credit may be given for problems of the contemporary Black woman either semester. II unit in literature or in the United States. Topics include: the rela- Prerequisite; one Grade tionships between Black men and women; permission of the instructor. Black women and white men; Black women Mr. Scarborough and white women; Black Sisterhood; the Black woman as wife and mother; the Black 72 BLACK STUDIES Directions for Election

316(1)*** History of the West Indies from Europe, Africa, and the West Indies. The requirements for the major are consistent 1 Open to qualified juniors and seniors by with the concept of Black studies as a multi- Survey of political, economic, and sociologi- oermission of the instructor. disciplinary area of study. The requirements cal factors shaping West Indian society from are designed to provide a wide range of Mr. Martin Columbus to the present. knowledge and analytical ability as well as a Open to sophomores by permission of the firm foundation in an area of specialization, 350 (1) (2) Research or Individual Study instructor and to juniors and seniors without such as history, economics, or political 1 or 2 prerequisite. science. Open by permission to juniors and seniors. Mr. Martin It is recommended that two units be elected in 370(1-2) Honors Program each of the three general areas of Black his- 319 (2)*** Pan-Africanism 2 to 4 tory, humanities, and the social sciences as 1 Required of all honors candidates in the multi-disciplinary training. As the basic intro- The historical efforts of Black people all over department. duction to the discipline of Black studies, 106 the \Nor\d to unite for their mutual advance- is required for the major. At least four units ment will be examined. Such topics as 19th The following courses are offered as related must be taken in a single discipline as a field century emigrationist movements, the role of work by other departments where they are of specialization. Afro-American churches in African national- described and may be counted toward the In addition to formal course work, the pro- ism, the Pan-African congresses of W. E. B. major in Black studies. gram offered in Black studies is comprised of DuBois, the Garvey movement, the Pan-Afri- special events— lectures, concerts, confer- can ideas of Malcolm X, the Pan-African as- 210 (2) Racial and Ethnic Minorities ences, festivals— and of a field studies pro- pects of Southern African liberation move- See Sociology and Anthropology 210. gram that provides students with work experi- ments and others will be discussed. The ence in neighboring Black communities. emphasis will be on the 20th century. 212(1) Urban Politics Prerequisite: 106 orone unit in Black history See Political Science 212. or permission of the instructor. 228 Black Religion and Social Protest Mr. Martin (2) See Religion and Biblical Studies 228.

340 (2)*** Seminar. Afro-American History 244 (1) Societies and Cultures of Africa 1 See Sociology and Anthropology 244. Topic for 1974-75: Blacks and communists. Many of the most important Black leaders in 254 (1) United States Urban History the 20th century have belonged at one time or See History 254. another to a communist organization or have at least flirted ambiguously with commu- 267 (1) History of Africa. West Africa nism. The list includes W. E. B. DuBois, See History 267. George Padmore, Langston Hughes, Richard Wright, Paul Robeson, Marcus Garvey, 268 (2) History of Africa. East, Central, and Kwame Nkrumah, Angela Davis, Malcolm X, Southern Africa and others. This seminar will attempt to dis- See History 268. cover why communism has exerted this fasci- nation upon persons struggling for Black lib- 318 (1) Race and Conflict in Southern Africa eration and why the association has some- See History 318. times ended in disillusionment. Most of the seminar will deal with the situation in the United States. Material will also be drawn CHEMISTRY

mf %K >^ / A ,

74 CHEMISTRY

Professor: 101(1) Contemporary Problems in 104 (2) Introductory Chemistry II

Crawford, Webster*, Rock* Chemistry I 1 1 Quantum theory of atomic and molecular Associate Professor: Consideration of selected aspects of chem- structure, chemical bonding, chemistry of Loehlin, Hicks (Chairman) istry and related chemical concepts. Topic for elements. Not open to students who have 1974-75: Symmetry and dissymmetry— view- taken [106]. Assistant Professor; ing the world in three dimensions. Not to be Prerequisite: 103. Levy, Kahl, counted toward the minimum major. Students Kolodny, Gasparro, Colb, Dey, The Staff Lieberman wishing credit for more than one unit of 101- 102 should consult the department. 211(1) (2) Organic Chemistry I Laboratory Instructor: Open to all students. 1 Darlington, Smith3, SelwynS Mann, Mr. Colb A study of the synthesis and reactions of typ- ical organic compounds. There may be an Unless otherwise noted, all courses meet for 102 (2) Contemporary Problems in additional meeting each week for students two periods of lecture and one three and Chemistry II who exempted 103or104. Not open to stu- one-half hour laboratory appointment weekly. 1 dents who have taken [201]. The Selected Topics courses will generally be Consideration of selected aspects of chem- Prerequisite: 104 or [107]. taught without laboratory, but may include istry and related chemical concepts. Topic for laboratory for topics. Ms. Crawford, Ms. Dey some 1974-75: To be announced. Not to be counted toward the minimum major. Students wishing 221 (1)(2) Biochemistry I credit for more than one unit of 101-102 1 should consult the department. A study of the chemistry of proteins and nu- Open to all students. cleic acids, stressing structure-function rela- Mr. Kahl tionships. Particular emphasis on the mech- anism of enzyme action. Not open to students

103(1) (2) Introductory Chemistry I who have taken [324]. 1 Prerequisite: [201] or 211. Biology 205 is rec- States of matter, properties of solutions, ommended. equilibria in solution, electrochemistry; intro- Ms. Levy duction to chemical energetics and kinetics. There is an extra meeting each week for stu- 231 (2) Physical Chemistry I dents who do not present an admission unit 1 in chemistry. Recommended for students Properties of gases, chemical thermodynam- who have taken [106] and wish to elect ad- ics, properties of solutions and chemical kin- vanced work in chemistry. etics. Not open to students who have taken Open to all students except those who have [203]. taken [107]. Prerequisite: 104 or [107], Mathematics 111

The Staff and Physics [1 00] or [1 03] or 1 04 or 1 05 or 106 or 110. Mr. Loehlin . .

CHEMISTRY 75

241(1) Inorganic Chemistry 319 (2)* Selected Topics in Organic 339 (2)* Selected Topics in Physical 1 Chemistry Chemistry Chemical periodicity, structure and reactivi- 1 1 ties in inorganic systems. Not open to stu- Normally a different topic each year. Topic for 1 974-75: Physical chemistry of water. dents who have taken [304]. Prerequisite: [210] or [303] or 31 3, and Prerequisite: [203] or 231 , and permission of Prerequisite: [201] or 211. permission of the department. the department.

Not offered in 1974-75. Not offered in 1974-75. Mr. Gasparro

261 (2) Introduction to Research 326(2) Biochemistry II 349 (1)* Selected Topics in Inorganic Techniques 1 Chemistry 1 A study of biochemical energetics, intermedi- 1 Techniques in separation and analysis, struc- ary metabolism, with emphasis on the mech- Normally a different topic each year. ture determination, quantitative manipula- anism of individual enzymatic reactions, Prerequisite: 241 or [304], and permission of tions, statistical treatment of data. One lec- functions of coenzymes, problems of physio- the department. ture and two laboratory meetings each week. logical regulation. Not open to students who Mr. Kahl Not open to students who have taken [300]. have taken [325].

Prerequisite: [201 ] or [203] or 21 1 or 231 Prerequisite: 221 or [324], and [203] or 231 350 (1)(2) Research or Individual Study Chemistry 31 3 and Biology 200 are strongly Mr. Lieberman 1 or 2 recommended. Open by permission to students who have

306 (1) Seminar Ms. Hicks taken at least two Grade II units in chemistry. 1 Each year an important topic will be studied 329 (1)* Selected Topics in Biochemistry 370 (1-2) Honors Program from a variety of chemical perspectives. Topic 1 2 to 4 for 1974-75: Energy. One two-period meeting Normally a different topic each year. Required of all honors candidates in the per week. No laboratory. Prerequisite: 221 or [324], and permission of department. Prerequisite: two units of chemistry beyond the department. 104 or and permission of the instructor. [107] Ms. Levy

IVIr. Loehlin

309 (1) Foundations of Chemical Research 333(2) Physical Chemistry II 1 1 Introduction to research methods through the The structure of solids and liquids, introduc- literature and the laboratory. tion to quantum chemistry, bonding and

Prerequisite: 261 , 31 3 and 333. spectroscopy. Not open to students who have taken [305]. Not offered in 1974-75. Prerequisite: [203] or 231, Physics 106 or 110 and Mathematics 201 or 207. 313(1) (2) Organic Chemistry II 1 Ms. Kolodny

A continuation of 21 1 , stressing the structure and reactions in organic systems. Not open to students who have taken [210] or [303]. Prerequisite: [201] or 211. Ms. Dey, Mr. Colb 76 CHEMISTRY Directions for Election Placement and Exemption Examinations

The eight units required for a major in chem- Students who have had Advanced Placement istry must include 103 or [107], 104 or [106], courses, or two years of secondary school

or 21 or 31 or 231 , and chemistry, or other unusually good prepara- [201 ] 1 , [3031 3, [203] [305] or 333, plus two additional units other tion should consider the possibility of ex- than 350 or 370. In addition, Mathematics 201 empting [106] 104 and /or [107] 103 by exam-

or 207 and a Grade II unit of physics are re- ination. For exemption with credit students quired. For students in the Class of 1975, the will be expected to submit laboratory note- requirements remain as listed in the 1973-74 books or reports. Catalogue. Students should consult the chair- man for any exceptions.

Students planning graduate work in chemistry or closely allied fields should plan to elect 241

and 261 , and should also strongly consider additional mathematics and physics courses. A reading l

Students planning to elect Organic Chemistry

I and II and/or Physical Chemistry I and II are

urged to elect both units I and II in the same academic year whenever possible.

Premedical students are referred to the re- quirements given on p. 48. Note that either [203] 231 or [21 0] 31 3 is acceptable to most medical schools as the fourth chemistry unit. The American Chemical Society has estab-

lished a set of requirements which it consid- ers essential for the training of chemists. Stu- dents wishing to meet the standard of an accredited chemist as defined by this society should consult the chairman of the depart- ment of chemistry. CHINESE . . .

78 CHINESE

Associate Professor: 101(1-2) Elementary Spoken Chinese 202 (1-2) Intermediate Conversational Lin (Cliairman) 2 Chinese Introduction to vernacular Mandarin Chinese. 1 instructor: Pronunciation, sentence structure, conver- Discussion of current events and cultural Lagerwey3 sation and reading. Three periods. 101 and topics. One period with an additional hour for 1 02 combined form the first-year Chinese smaller group discussions or individual as- Lecturer: course. signment. 201 and 202 combined form the Wang-Keiser Open to all students except those who have second-year Chinese course. Not open to tal

102 (1-2) Basic Chinese Reading and Mrs. Wang-Keiser Writing

1 241 (1) Chinese Literature in Translation I Development of reading skills of simple texts 1 and in character vi/riting in both regular and For description and prerequisite see Extra- simplified forms. One period with an addi- departmental 241 tional hour for smaller group discussions or

individual assignments. 101 and 102 com- 242 (2) Chinese Literature in Translation II bined form the first-year Chinese course. 1 Open to all students except those who have For description and prerequisite see Extra- taken [100]. Corequisite: 101 departmental 242.

Mrs. Lin 252 (1 ) Readings in Modern Style Writings

1 201 (1-2) Intermediate Chinese Reading Reading and discussion in Chinese of selec- 2 tions from contemporary writings, including Reading with emphasis on vocabulary build- essays on various topics such as art, econom- ing; review and further development of sen- ics, history, philosophy, political theory, and tence structure, composition, and oral ex- sociology. Three periods. Not open to stu- pression. Newspaper reading. Three periods. dents who have taken [250]. 201 and 202 combined form the second-year Prerequisite: [200] or 201 or permission of the Chinese course. Not open to students who instructor. have taken [200]. Prerequisite: (100] or 101 or permission of the Mrs. Lin instructor. Corequisite; 202. Mrs. Wang-Keiser Directions for Election CHINESE 79

253 (2) Topics in Chinese Culture of Today Although the College does not offer a major in 1 Chinese language and literature, students Reading and discussion in Chinese of various who major in East Asian studies or Chinese topics of selections from representative texts, studies that relate to China should consult current periodicals, and news editorials of the chairman of the department and the ad- Mainland Ctiina and Taiwan. Oral report, visor early in the college career. short papers, translations in Chinese. Three For students majoring in East Asian studies periods. Not open to students who have taken who do not intend to do graduate work, at [251]. least one year of Chinese is encouraged, but Prerequisite: [250] or permission of the not required. Students who wish to do gradu- instructor. ate work in East Asian studies are advised to The Staff complete at least two years of Chinese lan- guage training. 300 (2) Readings in Contemporary Chinese For students majoring in East Asian studies, Literature with a concentration of Chinese studies, the 1 minimum requirement is three years in Chi- Reading and discussion in Chinese of selec- nese language and literature in the original tions from plays, poetry, short stories, nov- Chinese. History 275, 276, 345, 346; Political els, and essays. Three periods. Science 300; Art 248, 337; and Religion 108, Prerequisite: same as for 253. 253 are strongly recommended as related Mrs. Lin courses. Students who wish to take Chinese 252 or other courses in Chinese literature are 310 (1) Introduction to Literary Chinese advised to have a knowledge of Chinese cul-

1 ture or history. For this, History 275 and 276 Wen-yen grammar, reading, and discussion in are recommended.

Chinese of selections of simple texts in clas- Course 350 is an opportunity for properly sical Chinese. Two periods. qualified students to work independently in Prerequisite: 300 or permission of the fields not covered in other courses in the de- instructor. partment. It can also provide continuing study Mrs. Wang-Keiser in classical Chinese literature. For the non-Mandarin speaking students who 311 (2) Readings in Elementary Classical can read and write Chinese and wish to con- Chinese tinue Chinese studies, arrangements can be 1 made for tutorial classes or special help. Stu- Reading and discussion in Chinese of selec- dents should contact the department tions of poetry, prose, traditional short stor- chairman. ies, and novels. Two periods. Prerequisite: 310 or permission of the Instructor. Mrs. Wang-Keiser

350 (1) (2) Research or Individual Study 1 or 2 Open by permission to qualified students.

ECONOMICS

03 >;>^ •ii' '^^1 L.1''H y

:m

,"V'

K

- ;?PF5WT?- : \Wia%i t . .

82 ECONOMICS

Professor: 100(1) (2) Survey of Modern 202 (1) (2) Macro-Economic Analysis Clemence, Bell», Goldman (Chairman), Macro-Economics 1 Newell, llchman 1 Macro-economic theory; analysis of aggre- How economists analyze current problems gate Income, output, and employment. Associate Professor: and policies of national Income and GNP; Prerequisite: same as for 201 Morrison supply and demand; labor and management; Mr. Bronfenbrenner, Mrs. Crandall some accounting and stocl< market analysis; Assistant Professor: tfie role of government; money and banking; 203 (2)* Economic History Cranclall«2, Painter, Ladd inflation and employment; prosperity and 1 depression. Weekly tutorials in eacfi semester An economic analysis of European develop- Instructor; for freshmen who elect Economics 100 In the ment In the 18th and 19th centuries. A selec- Kornbllth»2, Brush3, Flynn first semester. The tutorial Is continued Into tive application of classical and neoclassical the second semester for freshmen who elect growth models. The development of the mar-

Visiting Professor: 101 . (See Economics 355.) ket system and modern economic society. Open to all students. Bronfenbrenner3, Calderwood3 Prerequisite or corequlsite: 100 and 101. The Staff Not offered in 1974-75.

101(1) (2) Survey of Modern 204 (1)* American Economic History Micro-Economics 1 1 The "new" economic history. A sectoral and The distribution of scarce resources. How factoral analysis of the development of the firms and consumers determine their eco- American economy from colonial times to the nomic behavior: supply and demand, cost of 20th century. The economics of slavery and production, consumer choice. Structure of the Civil War. The emergence of an industrial the American economy: competition, monop- state. antitrust, distribution of Income, inter- oly, Prerequisite: same as for 203. national trade; the balance of payments. At- tention will also be focused on current Issues, Not offered in 1974-75. such as poverty, pollution, and alternatives to Mr. Morrison capitalism. Open to all students. 205(1) The Corporation The Staff 1 The development of the modern corporation 201(1) (2) Micro-Economic Analysis and Its place in the economy. Corporation 1 organization and financial management. Fi- Micro-economic theory; analysis of the indi- nancial markets; the technical and fundamen- vidual household, firm, and industry. tal aspects of the stock market. Government Prerequisite: 100 and 101 regulation of corporations and markets. Prerequisite: same as for 203. Mrs. Ladd, Mrs. Painter Mr. Calderwood

J ......

ECONOMICS 83

210(1) Money and Banking 249 (2) Seminar. The Economics of 307(1) Consumption and Marketing 1 Environmental Disruption 1 The structure and operation of the monetary 1 Analysis of the theory of consumer choice system. Commercial banking and other finan- Is economic growth without environmental and of market models applied to patterns of cial institutions. The Federal Reserve System. deterioration possible? The economic forces income, spending, and saving.

Monetary theory and policy. (externalities) which cause pollution; the Prerequisite: 201 , 202, and 211 Prerequisite: same as for 203. costs and who bears the costs; the energy Not offered in 1974-75. crisis; the implications of zero economic Mrs. Crandall growth; the extent of the problem and possi- Mrs. Bell ble solutions both here and abroad. 211(1) (2) Elementary Statistics Prerequisite: same as for 201 310 (2) Public Finance 1 1 Descriptive statistics and an introduction to Mr. Goldman Principles, practices, and economic effects of statistical inference. Expected values, proba- the public sector. The goals of public finance. bility distributions, and tests of significance. 301 (1) Comparative Economic Systems A seminar treatment of current issues of fis- Classical models of bivariate and multiple 1 cal policy. regression. Problem solving by means of the The economics of capitalism, socialism, Prerequisite: 201 time-sharing computer. fascism, and communism. Prerequisite: same as for 201 Prerequisite: 201 or 202. Mrs. Ladd Mr. Morrison. Mrs. Ladd Mr. Goldman 312(2) Economics of Accounting 1 225 (1) Urban Economics 302 (2)* Economic Development How economists use accounting data in fi- 1 1 nancial analysis and cost accounting in deter- Analyses of the urban and suburban econo- The problems and possibilities of the less mining price policy and capital spending. mies with particular reference to urban renew- developed countries. Social accounting and the economy: aggre- al, income distribution, transportation, hous- Prerequisite: same as for 301 gate data and their analysis. ing markets, employment, and the economic Not offered in 1974-75. Prerequisite: 201 development of the inner city. Prerequisite: same as for 201 Mr. Goldman Ms. Brush Mrs. Painter 305(1)* Industrial Organization 314 (1) International Economics 1 1 230(2) Labor Economics Analysis of the structure, conduct, and per- Theory of international trade. Methods of 1 formance of particular industries in the adjustment to disequilibrium in balance of Activities and policies relating to American economy. payments. The impact of international move- Labor. Growth and composition of a labor Prerequisite: 201 ments of commodities and capital on eco- force. Labor unions and collective bargaining. nomic activity in the past and since World Public policy: social legislation. Mrs. Crandall War II. Current problems: international liquid- Prerequisite: same as for 201 ity, economic integration, the United States Mrs. Painter balance of payments. Prerequisite: 201 and 202. Ms. Kornblith .

84 ECONOMICS Directions for Election

315 (2) History of Economic Thought 335 (2) Seminar. Economics of Education The complete survey course consists of both

1 1 1 00 and 1 01 . Neither 1 00 nor 1 01 is a prereq- The development of economic thought from The financing of public education; the effort uisite for the other and either may be elected ancient to modern times. A brief survey of to finance rapidly rising costs and increased separately for one unit of credit. early economic ideas followed by a more de- productivity in a service industry. Public ver- A student who plans to take any course after tailed examination of the history of econom- sus private education. Society's investment in 100 and 101 should consult either the instruc- ics since 1 776. The systems of the leading education as a form of capital. The redistri- tor or the department chairman. economists in the light of their ow/n times and butional effects of taking and spending on of the present day. education; financial aid at private colleges; Courses 201, 202, and 211 are required for the Prerequisite: 201 discrimination between the sexes and races in major and should be taken at Wellesley. If a educational opportunities; the net measur- student proposes to take these courses at Mr. Clemence able output of education. Education in the another institution, these plans must be ap- developing countries. proved in advance by the department chair- 316 (2) Recent Economic History man. Either Economics 203 or 204 is recom- 1 Prerequisite: same as for 31 4. mended for the major. At least half of the Economic history from the depression to the Mrs. Ilchman Grade III units in the major should be taken "new" economics. Stagnation, growth, and at Wellesley. Plans to elect more than half inflation: an analysis of the major economic 350 (2) Research or Individual Study (1 ) of the advanced level work at another institu- events of the 1950's and the 1960's. 1or2 tion must receive prior approval from the Prerequisite: 202. permission seniors Open by to juniors and chairman. Mr. Morrison who have taken 201 and 202. Students planning careers in business or law Tutorial should also give special consideration to 205, 317 (2) Seminar. Mathematical Economics 355(1-2) and Seminar 210,305, 307, 31 0,31 2, and 31 4. Those who 1 2 plan to study economics in graduate school Applications of elementary calculus to select- A survey of economic theory and policy. Sem- should take 31 7. ed topics in economic theory. Use of basic inar reports on research and independent study; tutorials for 100 and 101 con- econometric techniques to estimate con- (1) (2) All students are strongly urged to take mathe- sumption, investment, and price relation- ducted by each student. matics as a related subject. For those going Open upon department recommendation to ships. Problems and use of computation into graduate work in economics, calculus facilities. senior majors. and linear algebra have proven to be particu- Prerequisite: same as tor 307. Mr. Clemence larly helpful. Mr. Flynn 370 (1-2) Honors Program

330 (1) Seminar. The Distribution of Income 2 to 4 1 Required of all honors candidates in the A theoretical and empirical study of the distri- department. bution of income. Who gets what in the Amer- ican economy? Problems of equity and effi- ciency. Social policy, including measures to equalize income, to redistribute income, or to influence its receipt and expenditure. Prerequisite: 201 and 202, one of which may be taken concurrently. Mr. Bronfenbrenner EDUCATION .

86 EDUCATION

Professor: 101(1) (2) Education in Historical 300 (1) The Secondary School llchman Perspective 1 1 Aims, organization and administration of Associate Professor: Origins of compulsory mass education. Influ- United States secondary schools, including Bradley (Chairman) ence of Plato, Comenius, Fichte, Kant, Jeffer- "free" schools. Topics include history of the son, Franklin, Mann, Barnard, and ottiers secondary school, secondary school educa- Assistant Professor: upon ttie structure of education. Contribu- tion in relation to adolescent development Sleeper tions of mass education to cultural develop- and the role of the secondary school in the ment. community. Associate in Education: Open to all students except those who have Prerequisite: 101 Rokicki taken [201]. Goodman, Mr. Sleeper Mrs. Bradley, Mr. Sleeper 301 (2) Comparative Studies of Educational 200 (1) (2) Modern Philosophies of Systems Education 1 1 Study of the impact of old and new education- Impact of such philosophies as Idealism, real- al policies, plans, and ideals as seen in vari- ism, experimentalism, reconstructionism, ous sections of the United States and in se- and existentialism on education and its gen- lected foreign countries. eration of socio-ethical values and responsi- Open by permission of the instructor. bilities. open to students have taken Not who Mrs. Bradley [100]. Prerequisite: 101 or [201]. 302 (2) Methods and Materials of Teaching Mrs. Bradley 1 Study and observation of teaching objectives 216(1) (2) Sociology of Education and classroom procedures in secondary 1 schools. Review of learning theories. Exam- The school as a social system, the politics ination of curriculum materials in major and economics of schooling; organizational teaching fields and of curriculum planning in constraints on the schools; the influence of general. Open only to seniors doing student environment and groups on learning. Not teaching. Students electing 302 and 303 may open to students who have taken [206]. include in addition one unit of independent Prerequisite: Sociology 102. study in the same semester. Prerequisite: 300 or permission of the instructor. Corequisite: 303.

Mr. Sleeper 97

Directions for Election EDUCATION 87

303 (2) Curriculum and Supervised Teaching The department offerings are Intended to A summer program, preferably preceding the 1 acquaint students systematically with the senior year, at another accredited institution Observation, supervised teaching, and curric- history of compulsory free education as de- should include fv'lethods and Supervised ulum development in student's teaching veloped in the United States and now prac- Teaching for the Elementary School. With fields throughout the semester. Attendance at ticed in many countries under different forms, careful planning the same courses can be secondary school placement required five the philosophies which underlie these efforts, taken under the Twelve College Exchange days a week. Students electing 302 and 303 the problems to be solved, and, as an adjunct, Program. may include in addition one unit of indepen- to aid students who wish to enter teaching dent study in the same semester. immediately after graduation. Corequisite: 302. Students who intend to teach should (in their

Mr. Sleeper freshman year if possible) consult the depart- ment concerning the various city and state 350 (1) (2) Research or Individual Study requirements for the certificate to teach and 1 or 2 the appropriate undergraduate preparation for Open to juniors and seniors by permission. fifth year and paid intern programs which combine professional study with further study in teaching fields and lead to advanced (IVI.A.T., Ed.D., Ph.D.) degrees.

For those interested in secondary school teaching upon graduation, the following pro- gram is recommended:

Freshman year: Education 101 and Psychology 101

Sophomore year: Education 200, and Psychology 212 or 21 7 or 21

Junior year: Education 300, and 21 6 or 301

Senior year: Education 302 and 303

Preparation to teach in elementary schools should include:

Freshman year: Education 101 and Psychology 101

Sophomore year: Education 200 and Psychology 207

Junior year: Education 216 or

301 ; Psychology 21 2 or 21

ENGLISH

•!

r:i 90 ENGLISH

b. Black poetry 108 (2) Interpretations of Man in Western Professor: Literature Corsa (Chairman), Lever, Quinn, Layman*, Poetry of the Afro-American people, with 1 Ferry, Garis*, Spacks, Craig examples from other poets of African descent For description and prerequisite see Extra- Third World orientation. departmental 108. or Associate Professor: Ms. Spillers Gold, Pinsky* Not offered in 1974-75.

Writing I (2) Assistant Professor: 109 (1) (2) Expository problems a. Women writers and women's Gertmenian, Linfield, Sabin, Cole, Faville, of writing Spillers, Killoh Instruction in the fundamentals with A study of selected writings by women, expository essays. attention to modes of feminine self-aware- Instructor: Open to all students. ness and self-presentation. Saunders, Beaton The Staff Ms. Saunders, Mrs. Eyges Lecturer: „ Expository Writing II Bidart-^ 110 (2) Eyges, Stubbs, Hilferty3, Moss<3, b. The democratic myth A continuation of 109. Weekly assignments national myth of democratic equality in Visiting Professor: meet the student's particular m- The designed to War American writing. Selections Vogler^ and needs. Frequent conferences. pre-Civil terests Hawthorne, and Whitman read have taken 109 and from Thoreau, Open to students who speeches of poli- or class along with the essays and have the consent of their advisor advocates ticians and dissenters, particularly dean. of rights for slaves and women. and Mrs. Stubbs Open to freshmen and sophomores, stud- especially recommended for American 150(1) (2) Colloquia ies majors. Mrs. Cole For directions for applying see p. 204. Open by permission to a limited number of 200 (2) Short Narrative freshman and sophomore applicants. (1) Sketches and the short story. For interested one-act students, experience in the writing of a. The adolescent hero plays- ,.^ of the Open to all students by permission Studies of the adolescent hero or heroine in instructor. autobiography and fiction, concentrating on distinctions of genre and characterization, Miss Lever, Mr. Vogler, Ms. Spillers, and his- with attention to the psychological Mrs. Moss torical issues involved.

Mrs. Spacks, Ms. Killoh ENGLISH 91

201(1) (2) The Critical Essay 212(1) (2) Modern Drama 220 (1) Chaucer 1 1 1 A worl

Mr. Quinn, Mr. Faville, Ms. Killoh .

92 ENGLISH

307 (2)* Criticism The Short Story in America 301 (1) 228 (2) Black Literature Problems and principles of critical theory, short story writing together narratives to the Techniques of emphasis upon modern critical trends. Poetry and prose from slave evaluation of student with modern with practice in critical as for 305. present day vi/ith emphasis upon Prerequisite; same work. ^ . major figures. to stu- Open by permission of the instructor Miss Craig Open to all students. II writing dents who have taken one Grade Middle Ages and Renaissance Ms. Spillers course. 308 (2)* The in England Mrs. Moss 230 (1) Romantic Poets I Permanence and change in some major liter- 302 (2) Fiction 1600. Special attention' critical writings of Wordsworth ary forms from 1 350 to Poems and ferment of the religious and intellectual and Coleridge. of prose fic- given Intensive practice in the writing Reading, both intensive and to all students. to the 16th century. Open short story, or novella, according ver- tion, the extensive, to include (partly in modern Ferry interest of the individual student. Knight, Piers Mr. the sions) Gawain and the Green same as for 301 Prerequisite: Plowman, More, Sidney, Marlowe, and 231 (2) Romantic Poets II Mr. Bidart Spenser. for 305. Shelley, Prerequisite: same as and critical writings of Byron, Poems Studies in Shakespeare I 305 (1 ) Advanced and Keats. Miss Lever Open to all students. such as written between 1591 and 1606, Plays 310 (2)* The Age of Satire Mr. Bidart Ado about Noth- Mr. Faville, Richard II, Henry IV, Much and Cressida, Hamlet, Measure and as ing, Troilus study of satire as social response Comedy in Various A 232 (1) (2)* English for Measure, Othello. exemplified in the work . , „, literary phenomenon, seniors who have taken or Genres Open to juniors and writers as Dryden, Congreve, Gay, courses in of such 1 two Grade II literature ... are taking Swift, and Pope. development, variety, and continuity ot and by permission of the The the department, Prerequisite; same as for 305. English comic writing. instructor to other qualified students. Open to all students. Mrs. Spacks Miss Craig, Mrs. Sabin Not offered in 1974-75. Romantic 311 (2)* From Neoclassic to Advanced Studies in 306 (1 ) (2) Tragic and Heroic Drama 233 (2)* English II the 18th to the Shakespeare The shift of sensibility from with emphasis on such be- 19th century studied in English drama 1 61 1 such as Continuity and change between 1 606 and , Wordsworth Plays written authors as Johnson, Burke, and modern period, with emphasis on the and Cleopatra, fore the King Lear, Macbeth, Antony same as for 305. Tale, Prerequisite: 16th and 17th centuries. Coriolanus, Cymbeline, The Winter's 1974-75. Open to all students. The Tempest. Not offered in same as for 305. Mr. Gold Prerequisite; Mr. Ferry, Miss Craig, Mrs. Gertmenian ENGLISH 93

312(1) The English Language 316 (2) Donne and Jonson and Their 320 (1) (2) Literary Crosscurrents 1 Followers 1 or 2

The history of the English language beginning 1 First semester: Blake. Poems and minor with Indo-European roots, including an intro- Close study of major poems by Donne, Jon- prophetic writings studied in the context of duction to Anglo-Saxon and Middle English son, Herbert, and Marvell, with some atten- the French Revolution as it affected con- dialects, and ending with English as a world tion to King, Carew, Merrick, and Suckling. sciousness in England during the 1 790's. language. Special emphasis on the ways Some readings in prose. Prerequisite: same as for 305. words change meaning and on the shift from Prerequisite: same as for 305. Mr. Gold a synthetic to an analytic grammatical sys- Mrs. Spacks tem. Individual research into the behavior of Second semester: Henry James and traditions the English language in literary, social, polit- 317 (1) American Literature IV of fiction. Selected novels and criticism by ical, or scientific contexts. 1 James in the context of the novelists who Prerequisite: same as for 305. Topic for 1974-75: Studies in the fiction of interested and influenced him, especially Miss Lever Hawthorne, James, and Faulkner, with em- Balzac, Flaubert, George Eliot, Hawthorne. phasis on the continuation between Haw- Prerequisite: same as for 305. 313(1)* The Poet-Critic thorne and the other two. Mrs. Sabin 1 Prerequisite: same as for 305. Such authors as Sidney, Dryden, Johnson, Mr. Quinn 321 (1) Seminar Coleridge, Arnold, and Eliot, studied as 1 makers of English criticism and as examples 318 (1) (2) Advanced Studies in the Novel Topic for 1 974-75: Shakespeare's sonnets. of interaction between the practice and theory 1or2 Prerequisite: same as for 305. of poetry. Critical problems in the field of fiction as seen Prerequisite: same as for 305. Mr. Ferry in the work of several major English and Not offered in 1974-75. American novelists selected for the most part 322 (2) Seminar from the 20th century. 1 314(1) The Victorian Crisis Prerequisite: same as for 305. Topic for 1 974-75: Literature and language. 1 Mr. Faville, Ms. Killoh The elucidation of literary works through a A study of the ways in which Mill, Carlyle, study of their language and the language of Arnold, Ruskin, Morris, and Wilde faced the 319 (2) Advanced Studies in Modern Poetry the time. need for radical reconstruction of values and 1 Prerequisite: same as for 305. attitudes. An investigation of the historical, biograph- Prerequisite: same as for 305. Mr. Linfield ical, technical, and aesthetic provenance of Mr. Linfield such influential single volumes of poetry as 350 (1) (2) Research or Individual Study W. B. Yeats' The Tower and Robert Frost's 1 or 2 315 (2) Victorian Poetry North of Boston. Open by permission to juniors and seniors. 1 Prerequisite: same as for 305. The dominant themes and procedures of the Mr. Beaton 370(1-2) Honors Program period between Landorand Yeats including 2 to 4 such poets as Tennyson, Arnold, Hopkins, Required of all honors candidates who and Hardy. choose to do honors research or an honors Prerequisite: same as for 305. project in creative writing. For alternate hon- Mr. Vogler ors programs see Directions for Election. ;

Directions for Election 94 ENGLISH

questions raised by them. courses are open to all them and critical Grade II level literature An oral examination is required in all Honors students. Special attention is called to 209, Programs. which offers fundamental and rigorous prac- of a literary are planned as tice in methods of interpretation Courses 109, 200, 201 , and 202 fig- text. Other courses isolate certain major workshops in writing with informal group ures or periods for concentrated study, or meetings and frequent individual confer- address themselves to continuing themes and ences. While the emphasis is on constant are a issues. In choosing their courses students practice in writing, each course requires of the encouraged to consult with their instructors critical reading of pertinent examples and with other members of the department type of writing being studied. Courses 301 generally. More complete descriptions of and 302 continue the same plan at an ad- every course, composed by their instructors, vanced level. every fall and spring on bulletin are posted in writing fiction and available Students interested boards in Founders Hall, and are poetry can apply for one or two units of 350 in from the department secretary. writing writing in addition to taking the other one course It is strong- English majors must take at least courses listed, 200, 202, 301 , 302. several in Shakespeare, ordinarily at the advanced ly recommended that majors electing closely strong level. In addition, majors should work writing courses should also elect a of consultation with their advisors in arranging a program program in literature courses in study with these objectives: (a) ability to in- with their advisors. In general, enrollment in of terpret a text (b) an understanding of some writing courses is limited to 15. periods that the major works, authors, and American history, American Knowledge of English and comprise the history of English and theatre of the course of European thought, of literature (c) a developing interest in some of at least one foreign literature the English studies, and special field of study, such as to the at an advanced level is of great value Renaissance, drama, criticism, modernism. History student of English. See, for example. work of Philosophy 203, Students of at least B standing in the 233, 235, 238, 239, 242, 301 ; first consideration III courses in foreign the department will have 204; Grade II and Grade and 104, 108, when applying for admission to seminars literatures; Extradepartmental 101 , 330, 331 (350). 228, 229, 231 , for independent work 201 , 202, [226], [227], courses in theatre studies. The department offers a choice of three pro- and

I ancient oi grams for Honors. Under Program (English A reading knowledge of at least one for all 370, carrying two to four units of credit) the modern foreign language is desirable honors candidate does independent research majors. Students expecting to do graduate II plan to ac- or a project in creative writing. Programs work in English should ordinarily to receive Honors of two foreign and III offer an opportunity quire a reading knowledge on the basis of work done for regular courses; languages. these programs carry no additional course credit. The candidate who elects Program II takes a written examination in a field defined by several related courses she has taken (e.g.. the Renaissance, drama, criticism). The can- dos- didate who elects Program III presents a sier of essays written for several courses, with a statement of connections between FRENCH . .

96 FRENCH

Introduction to Literary Analysis 100(1-2) Beginning French 203 (1-2) Professor; 2 Franfois, 2 Lafeuille, Galand, Study of the major genres: novel, drama, Intensive oral training and practice in reading McCulloch (Chairman) poetry; an effort will be made to acquaint the and writing, supplemented by regular use of main approaches of criti- laboratory, and in the second student with the Professor: the language Assistant explora- cism. Class discussion, oral reports, short MIstacco, Weinreb semester, by selected literary texts; Stambolian, Coquillat, papers. tion of fundamental relationships of the lan- Prerequisite; same as for 201 guage to French culture. Three periods. Instructor: students who do not present Lydgate, Robbins, Gaquin Open only to The Staff French for admission. 205 (2) French Society Today Lecturer: The Staff (1) McPherrin*, Uzan3 1 Contemporary problems and attitudes. Class 102(1-2) Intermediate French discussion of representative texts, periodi- Visiting Lecturer: 2 cals, and newspapers. Oral reports, short Vaissiere3 Short stories, novels, plays, and films illus- papers, outside reading. trating aspects of French culture. Stress on Oral Prerequisite; same as for 201 All courses are conducted in French. grammar, vocabulary, and pronunciation. expression, composition, and, in certain Oral and written work. Three periods. Mr. Uzan courses, creative writing are stressed. Prerequisite: 100 or two admission units in

Medieval French Literature I The department reserves the right to place French. 212 (1) 1 new students in the courses for which they The Staff literature from the Chanson de Roland seem best prepared regardless of the number French through Villon. Medieval texts read in modern of units they have offered for admission. 104 (1-2) The Literature and Language of French. opportunity for resi- Modern France Attention is called to the Prerequisite; 201 or 203 or 205. Open to quali- Court. 2 dence in the French Center, Tower by permission of the chairman. Analysis of selected modern texts: fiction, fied freshmen encouraged to spend of Qualified students are drama, poetry. Grammar review. Study Miss McCulloch the junior year in France. See p. 45. vocabulary and pronunciation. Frequent writ- and oral practice. Three periods. in the Twentieth The department offers to students who do not ten work 213 (1) (2) French Drama units in 1 02 or three admission have a knowledge of French the following Prerequisite: Century French. courses in French literature in translation: 1 contemporary drama; symbolism, Extradepartmental 222, 223, 224. The Staff Trends in the use of myths, the influence of existential- theatre of the absurd. 201 (1-2) French Literature through the ism, the as for 21 2. Centuries Prerequisite; same 1 or2 Mr. Stambolian, Mr. Uzan 17th First semester: Middle Ages through the century. Second semester: The 18th century to the present. Class discussion of selected masterpieces, short papers, outside reading. One unit of credit may be given for the first semester. Prerequisite: 104 or four admission units in French; by permission of the instructor, 102.

The Staff FRENCH 97

214(1) (2) The French Novel in the 222(1) (2) Studies in Language I 300 (2) Sixteenth Century Literature Nineteenth Century 1 1 1 A review of selected problems in French Studies in the Renaissance. Authors include Intensive study of narrative techniques and grammar, enrichment of vocabulary, and an Rabelais, Ronsard, and Montaigne. the representation of reality in major w/orks by introduction to specifically French tech- Prerequisite: two Grade II units of French Balzac, Stendhal, Flaubert, Zola. niques of composition and the organization of literature. Prerequisite: same as for 21 2. ideas, especially the dissertation and the Not offered in 1974-75. explication de texte. Not open to freshmen in Mr. Stambolian, Ms. Mistacco the first semester. Miss Lafeuille Prerequisite: 104, or 102 by permission of the 215 (2) Baudelaire and Symbolist Poets instructor. 301 (1) Seventeenth Century Literature I 1 1 The nature of the poetic experience studied Mr. Lydgate Baroque and Precieux poets. L'Astree. The in the post-romantic poetry of the 19th birth of the classical theatre: Corneille. Des- century. 224(1) (2) French Speech cartes, Pascal. Prerequisite: same as for 212. 1 Prerequisite: same as for 300. Comparative study of the articulation, Mr. Galand rhythm and intonation of spoken French and English, Mr. Francois combining theory and practical applications. 216(2) The French "New Novel" Regular use of the language laboratory. Not 302 (2) Seventeenth Century Literature II 1 open to freshmen in the first semester. Rec- 1 Recent experiments in fiction, vs/ith discus- ommended to students majoring in French. The classical theatre: Moliere, Racine. Lafay- sion of drama and film. Emphasis on the Prerequisite: same as for 222. ette, La Fontaine, La Bruyere. works and theoretical writings of Robbe- Prerequisite: same as for 300. Grillet, Sarraute, Butor, and Beckett. Both Miss Vaissiere traditional and creative criticism. Mr. Frangois Prerequisite; same as for 212. 249(1) (2) Selected Topics 304 (2) The Novel from Rousseau to Sade Mr. Stambolian 1 or 2 First semester: Workshop in writing. 1 Prerequisite: same as for 21 2. The affirmation of self in late 18th century 218 (1) Black Literature in French fiction. Authors studied: Rousseau, Diderot, 1 Mr. Frangois Laclos, Sade. Its origin and development in Africa, France, Prerequisite: same as for 300. and the Caribbean. Analysis of representative Second semester: The French and their con- poetry, fiction, drama, and essays. cepts. A study in depth of the various myths Ms. Mistacco Prerequisite: same as for 21 2. inherent in French civilization with a strong political and sociological emphasis: from the 305(1) Studies in Romanticism Not offered in 1974-75. Cartesian myth to the structuralism of Levi- 1 Strauss. The Romantic Spirit: the visionary side of Prerequisite: same as for 21 2. Romanticism in the works of Nodier, Balzac, Merimee, Hugo, Nerval, Lautreamont. Coquillat Miss Prerequisite: same as for 300. Miss Coquillat .

98 FRENCH Directions for Election

306 (1) French Poetry in the Twentieth 319(1) As Women See Themselves Course 1 00 is counted toward the degree but Century 1 not toward the major. Students who begin 1 Women in contemporary French society as with 100 in college and who plan to major in Studies in the poetry of Valery, Apollinaire, seen by the present generation of women French should consult the chairman of the Breton, Saint-John Perse, Char, Ponge. writers, from Simone de Beauvoir to Fran- department during the second semester of

Prerequisite; 215 or one Grade III unit of 90ise Mallet-Joris and others. The course will their freshman year. A student may not count French literature. take, as a starting point, the major patriarchal toward the major both 102 and 104. Course characterizations found in Balzac's Le Lys 1 04 may not be elected by students who have Mr. Galand dans la Vallee and Flaubert's Madame Bovary. taken both 100 and 102. Background material drawn from men and 307 (2) The French Novel In the Twentieth Upperclassmen majoring in French (with the women thinkers, past and present. Century exception of those who carried two Grade II Prerequisite; two Grade II units of French 1 units in the freshman year) should not elect literature or permission of the instructor. Modern theories, critical perspectives, and more than three Grade II units without per- modes of narrative fiction studied in the Miss Lafeuille mission of the department. Majors are re- works of Proust, Gide, Malraux, Sartre, quired to take two of the following courses; Cannus, Robbe-Grillet. 321 (2) Seminar 222, 308, 309. In some cases 224 may also be

Prerequisite: 214 or 216 or one Grade III unit 1 required. of French literature. Topic for 1974-75; Rabelais. Discussion of Courses in other foreign language and liter- Rabelais' Five Books, with emphasis on Pan- Mr. Galand ature departments, in art, history (especially tagruel, Gargantua. and the 7/ers Livre: 242 and 243), philosophy, English, Extra- Rabelais' position in the shifting cultural pat- 308(2) Studies in Language lla departmental 330 and 331 , and Religion and terns of the early Renaissance in France. 1 Biblical Studies 104 and 105 are recommend- Open by permission of the instructor to stu- Comparative stylistics; a normative approach ed for majors. dents who have taken two Grade III units of to the problems of translation. French literature. Students who plan to do graduate work in Prerequisite; one Grade III unit of French liter- French are advised to begin or to pursue the ature and 222, or permission of the instructor. Mr. Lydgate study of a second modern language and the Mr. Franfois study of Latin; those who plan to do graduate 350 (2) Research or Individual Study (1 ) work in comparative literature are advised to 1 or 2 309(1) Studies in Language lib continue the study of one or more other mod- Prerequisite; same as for 321 1 ern literatures and to acquire proficiency in at Translation into French from novels, essays, least one classical language. 370 (1-2) Honors Program and poetry. Study of French style through 2 to 4 analysis of selected texts. Required of all honors candidates in the Prerequisite; same as for 308. department. Miss Lafeuille

312 (1) Medieval French Literature II 1 See 21 2. Joint class meetings for 21 2 and 31 2. Supplementary assignments and readings in

Old French for students at Grade III level. Open by permission of the instructor. Miss McCulloch GEOLOGY 100 GEOLOGY

202 Mineralogy Assistant Professor; 102 (1) (2) Introduction to Geology (2) 1 1 Kamilli (Chairman), Andrews systematic Fundamental facts and principles of eartfi Introduction to crystallography; special reference to study of the rock-forming minerals. Emphasis Instructor: betiavior and history with on geochemical relationships including bond- Nedland Massachusetts and New England. Current solution series, and phase dia- problems in oceanography, continental drift, ing, solid and lunar geology. Field trips and laboratory grams. Laboratory. physical science, include study of minerals, rocks, fossils, Prerequisite: two units of topographic and geologic maps. preferably Chemistry [106] and/or [107], or of the instructor. Open to all students. permission Ms. Kamilli, Mr. Andrews, Mr. Nedland Ms. Kamilli

Invertebrate Paleontology 200 (2) Historical Geology 205(1)*

1 1 major The geologic history of North America and the The morphology and evolution of the discussion of evolution of life as revealed in the fossil rec- fossil invertebrate phyla with morphol- ord. Paleogeography and ancient sedimentary such general topics as functional ontog- and tectonic environments. Field trips will ogy, origin of species and higher taxa, develop the geologic history of the region. eny and phylogeny, animal size and shape evolution. Laboratory. relationships, and the theory of Prerequisite: 102 or permission of the Laboratory and field trips. unit in biology instructor. Prerequisite; 102 or 200 or one or permission of the instructor. Mr. Andrews Mr. Andrews

206 (2)* Structural Geology 1 The recognition, description, and causes of deformation of the earth's crust. Topics in- clude the tectonic history of mountain ranges, scale models of geologic structures, mechan- ics of folding and faulting, comparison of the structure of the Alps and the Appalachians, plate tectonics, and sea floor spreading. Lab- oratory, field work, and field trips. Prerequisite: 102 and 200, or permission of the instructor. Mr. Andrews GEOLOGY 101

208 (1)* Marine Geology 309 (2)* Petrology 310(1)* Research Methods in Geology

1 1 1 Geology of the ocean floor with emphasis on Study of the origin and occurrence of igneous Problems in geologic data analysis using shoreline and submarine processes, ocean and metamorphic rocks with particular refer- statistical and computer methods, macro-, currents and sediments, origin and develop- ence to modern geochemical investigations. micro-, and x-ray photography, field map- ment of the continental shelves. Other sub- Examination and description of hand speci- ping, mineral separation, and x-ray diffraction jects will include study of submarine can- mens and thin sections under the petrograph- techniques. Other topics will be chosen ac- yons, coral reefs, ocean basin tectonics, the ic microscope. Laboratory. cording to students' interests. Laboratory. deep sea floor, and ocean life. Field trips to Prerequisite: 202 and 307, or permission of Field work.

Woods Hole and Cape Cod. No laboratory. the instructor. Prerequisite: 102 and one Grade II unit, or Prerequisite: same as for 200. permission of the instructor. Not offered in 1974-75. Not offered in 1974-75. Mr. Andrews

304 (1)* Stratigraphy and Sedimentation 349(1) (2) Seminar 1 1 The formation, composition, and correlation Topics in geology to be selected with con- of stratified rocks. Emphasis on sedimentary sideration for students' interests. environments and paleoecology, correlation Prerequisite: Grade II course in geology and by fossils and radiogenic techniques, trans- permission of the instructor. portation, deposition and consolidation of Ms. Kamilli, Mr. Nedland sedimentary particles. Laboratory. Field trips to both modern sedimentary environments 350 (1) (2) Research or Individual Study and their ancient rock analogues. 1 or 2 Prerequisite: 102 and 200, or permission of Open by permission to juniors and seniors. the instructor.

Not offered in 1974-75. 370 (1-2) Honors Program 2 307 (1)* Optical Mineralogy Required of all honors candidates in the 1 department. Basics of optical crystallography. Application of modern methods to the identification of silicates in grains and thin section. Labora- tory. Prerequisite: 202 or Physics 202.

Not offered in 1974-75. 102 GEOLOGY Directions for Election

In addition to eight units in geology, the mini- mum major requires four units from other laboratory sciences or mathematics. (All four units may not be taken in the same depart- ment.) Advanced courses in mathematics, chemistry, or physics will be suggested ac- cording to the student's needs, interests, and ability. A student planning graduate work should note that most graduate geology departments require at least a full year (two units) each of chemistry, calculus, and physics. (Biology

often may be substituted for physics if the student is interested in paleontology.) In ad- dition, graduate study usually requires a read- ing knowledge of French and/or German or Russian.

The department strongly recommends that students majoring in geology attend one of the Rocky Mountain geology field courses given by other colleges. Credit may be given for such courses provided the student's plans are approved in advance by the department. GERMAN .

104 GERMAN

Professor: 100(1-2) Elementary German 202 (1-2) Patterns in Literary Thought Goth (Chairman) 2 2 Study of grammar and vocabulary; frequent IVIodern drama, poetry, and prose and their Assistant Professor: written exercises; reading of short stories; historical, formal, and philosophical relations Duckworth, Ward special emphasis on oral expression. Three to works of earlier periods. Three periods. periods. One unit of credit may be given for the first Lecturer: Open to students who do not present German semester. 202 (2) may be taken independently Deutsch, Sanson3 for admission. after 201 (1). Prerequisite: same as for 201 The Staff The language of the classroom in all courses l\/lissGoth, IVlrs. Deutsch is almost exclusively German. The student 102(1-2) Intermediate German thus has constant practice in hearing, speak- 2 204(1) Goethe! ing, and writing German. Intensive language study: emphasis on idio- 1 The department reserves the right to place a matic usage and on syntax. Introduction to Lyric, prose, and drama before Goethe's new student in the course for which the stu- the critical study of literary texts, mainly 19th return from Italy. dent seems best prepared regardless of the and 20th centuries. Three periods. Prerequisite: 202 (1 ) and (2), or 201 and number of units the student has offered for Prerequisite: 1 00 or two admission units in 202(2). admission. German. Iviiss Goth By doing special reading during the summer The Staff and upon approval of the chairman, capable 205 (1)* Studies in Romanticism students in 100 have the opportunity to omit 201 (1) Language in Thought and Action 1 102 and proceed with 202. 1 Romantic thought, discovery of the uncon- Intensive review of advanced grammar and scious: Friedrich Schlegel, Brentano, No- Qualified students may be recommended to syntax with emphasis on strengthening vo- valis, E. T. A. Hoffmann, Eichendorff, and spend the junior year in Germany. See p. 45. cabulary and idioms. Designed to promote others. functional grasp of stylistics and semantics Prerequisite: same as for 204. in conversation, exercises in expository writ- Ms. Ward ing, and translation. Geared to need, interest, and ability of individual students to some 206 (2)* Nineteenth Century Literature degree. Three periods. 1 Prerequisite: or three or more admission 102, Late Romanticism and Realism with special units of German, or, by permission of the emphasis on the development of the Novelle department, 100. Permission will be based on as a genre. Morike, Stifter, Keller, C. F. work. a satisfactory grade in 100 and summer Meyer, Droste-Hulshoff, Storm, and Fontane. Mrs. Duckworth, tVls. Ward Prerequisite: same as for 204. Ms. Ward .

GERMAN 105

210 (1)* German Drama 308 (1)* Literature of the Late Nineteenth 349 (2) Seminar. The Writer and His Age 1 and Early Twentieth Centuries 1 Theory and practice between the age of 1 Intensive study of the works of one or two Gottsched and Brecht. The theories of Intellectual and aesthetic trends of the period. writers in relation to philosophical, historical, Gottsched, Lessing, Schiller, Hebbel, and Varied texts: drama, poetry, and prose of rep- and literary trends of their periods. Topic for Brecht will be included as well as the drama resentative authors such as Nietzsche, Hof- 1974-75: Schiller. of Schiller, Buchner, Kaiser, and others. tjiannsthal, Rilke, Thomas Mann, Hesse and Prerequisite: one Grade III unit. Prerequisite: one Grade II unit. others. Miss Goth Prerequisite: two Grade II units. Not offered in 1974-75. Not offered in 1974-75. 350 (1) (2) Research or Individual Study 221 Politics and Literature In Post-War 1 or 2 (2) Miss Goth Germany Open by permission to juniors and seniors. 1 310(1)' Studies in Poetry For description and prerequisite see Extra- 370 (1-2) Honors Program 1 departmental 221 2 to 4 Study of techniques and historical back- Required of all honors candidates in the Not offered in 1974-75. ground. The development of German poetry department. from the Baroque to the modern times. With

304 (2) Goethe II emphasis on poets such as Gryphius, 1 Goethe, the Romantics, Rilke, Hofmannsthal, Goethe, the poet and the thinker, with em- Benn, and some contemporaries.

phasis on Faust, and his writings after 1788. Prerequisite: two Grade II units. Prerequisite: 204. Miss Goth Ivliss Goth 312 (2) Literature of the Twentieth Century

1 Aspects and tendencies of 20th century litera- ture from the First World War to the present time.

Prerequisite: three Grade II units or permis- sion of the instructor.

Not offered in 1974-75. Miss Goth ,

106 GERMAN Directions for Election

Course 100 is counted toward the degree but not toward the major. Students who begin with 100 and who wish to major in German should consult the depart- ment in order to obtain permission to omit 102 and take 202 or 201.

Students intending to major in the depart- ment are requested to take 202, or 201 and 202 (2), 204. 304, and at least two further

Grade III units.

Courses 205, 210, 312, and one seminar are strongly recommended for the major.

Courses in art, history, philosophy, English, literature courses in other foreign language departments, and Extradepartmentai 221 330, and 331 are recommended. GREEK AND LATIN 108 GREEK Greek

Beginning Greek 150 (1) Colloquium Associate Professor; 102(1) (2) 1 Geffcken (Chairman) 1 Lefkowitz, description see History 150 (1 )d. Fundamentals of the Greek language. Read- For title and authors and from the New Assistant Professor; ing from classical 201 (1) Plato Frame, Dickison*, Brown, Marvin Testament. Four periods. Open to students who do not present Greek 1 selections from the Phae- admission. Apology, Crito, and Instructor: for do. The character of Socrates and his position Marvin Fant3 I\/ls. Brown, Miss in the development of Greek thought. Three periods. Literature 103 (1) (2) Introduction to Greek Prerequisite; [100] or 102 and 103, or two ad- 1 mission units in Greek or exemption examina- authors and from the Reading from classical tion. New Testament. Intensive review of grammar and syntax. Ms. Brown Prerequisite; [100(1)] or 102. 203 (2)* Greek Drama in Translation Miss Marvin, Ms. Brown 1 Intensive study of tragedies of Aeschylus, 104 (1) Classical Mythology Sophocles, and Euripides, with emphasis on 1 their use of myth. Detailed analysis of form myths read in The more important classical and imagery as they relate to the total mean- of Greek and Latin English translations ing of the play. Individual research into the origins; theirexpres- authors; their religious dramatization of Greek myths by Seneca and literature and art; their later sion in ancient later playwrights. influence. Open to all students. Open to all students. Mrs. Lefkowitz Mrs. Lefkowitz 204 (2)* Greek Epic in Translation 105 (1) Introduction to Historical 1 Linguistics The composition and potentialities of oral 1 style in Homer, the nature of heroic experi- prerequisite see Extra- For description and ence and the type of society which produces 105. departmental heroic epic. Hesiod's development of Homer- ic themes and form, the societal influences which contribute to such changes. Apollonius of Rhodes' archaistic treatment of epic as evidence of Hellenistic Greeks' perceptions of their own literary heritage. Open to all students.

Not offered in 1974-75. GREEK 109

205 (2) Homer's Iliad 303 (2)* Myth and History In the Archaic 349(1) (2) Seminar

I Age 1 or 2 Study of selected books in Greek with empha- 1 First semester: The Greek language. Study of sis on the oral style of early epic; reading of Investigation of the narrative methods of re- the origins and development of the Greek he rest of the poem in translation; the ar- cording significant past experience; the eval- language, with particular emphasis on Homer chaeological background of the period. Three uation of the relationship of the past to events and the archaic period. The course will com- periods. of the first half of the 5th century; the restric- bine the reading of Greek texts with an intro- Prerequisite; 103 or 201. tions on perception imposed by style and duction to the methods and possibilities of structure in both prose and poetry. Reading in historical linguistics. Second semester: Plato \/lr. Frame Greek from Herodotus and the lyric poets. and the development of conceptual language. Prerequisite: 205. Analysis of Plato's methods of expressing 208 (2) Myth and the Role of Women abstract ideas, his use and adaptation of ear- I Ms. Brown lier modes of discourse. Reading from The ntensive study of Greek myths concerning Republic, The Symposium, and the pre- eminine experience. Investigation of the in- 304 (1)* Euripides Socratics. luence of thiese myths on pagan and Chris- 1 Prerequisite; 205. Ian narrative prose in later antiquity. The Euripides' exposition of current problems in survival of ancient plot types in contemporary traditional narrative framework; his develop- Mr. Frame iction. ment of dramatic form; his exploration of Prerequisite: 104. human and political motivation. Reading of 350 (1) (2) Research or Individual Study two or three plays in Greek, others in English. lor 2 Mot offered in 1974-75. Prerequisite; 205. Open to seniors by permission.

230 (2) History of Greece Not offered in 1974-75. 370 (1-2) Honors Program 1 2 to 4 For description and prerequisite see History 305 (2)* Aristophanes Required of all honors candidates who 230. 1 choose to do honors research. For alternate Contemporary reactions to ethical conflicts Not offered in 1974-75. honors program see Directions for Election. confronting the state and the individual in the last half of the 5th century B.C. The use of 302(1)* Aeschylus and Sophocles comedy in defining new mythology, vocabu- 1 lary, and linguistic structures. Reading of two Drama as expression of man's conflict with plays in Greek, others in English. forces beyond his control; the use of mythol- Prerequisite; 205. ogy to describe the conflict between human institutions and the natural world; innova- Not offered in 1974-75. tions in language, metaphor, and metre. Reading of one drama by each author in Greek, others in English. Prerequisite: 205. Mrs. Lefkowitz 110 LATIN Latin

100 (1) Beginning Latin 202 (1) Catullus and Cicero

1 1 Fundamentals of the Latin language. Read- Love, politics, morality, and humor in the last ings from classical and medieval texts. Three years of the Republic. Study of the evolution periods. of Latin poetic style and of the technique of Open to students who do not present Latin for destructive oratory. admission, or by permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: four admission units in Latin or three including Vergil or 103. Mr. Fant Miss Geffcken 101 (2) Introduction to Latin Literature 1 203 (2) Horace Reading from classical Latin authors. Inten- 1 sive reviev;/ of grammar and syntax. Three The development of Horace's poetic style and periods. social commentary. Reading from Satires and Prerequisite: two admission units in Latin or Odes. 100 or permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: same as for 202. Mr. Frame Mrs. Lefkowitz

103 (1) Introduction to Vergil's >)ene/d 206(2)* Latin Prose Style

1 1 Study of the poem with selections from A study of the development of Latin style with Books l-VI in Latin. Three periods. reading and analysis of selected texts; prac- Prerequisite: 101 or three admission units in tice in writing Latin prose. Latin not including Vergil, or exemption Prerequisite: 202 or 203. examination. Not offered in 1974-75. Mr. Frame 208(2) Myth and the Role of Women 104 (1) Classical Mythology 1 1 For description and prerequisite see Greek For description and prerequisite see Greek 208. 104. Not offered in 1974-75.

105 (1) Introduction to Historical 231(2) History of Rome Linguistics 1 1 For description and prerequisite see History For description and prerequisite see Extra- 231. departmental 105.

150 (1) Colloquium 1 For title and description see History 150 (1) d. LATIN 111

249(1) (2) Selected Topics 301 (1)* Vergil's Ec/ogues and Georg/cs and 316 (1)* The Effects of Power and Authority 1^or2 Ovid's Ars Amatoria in the Empire -irst semester: Latin love elegy. Traditional 1 1 jxpressions of subjectivity and their develop- Vergil's re-creation of the Greek pastoral and The literature of disillusion both historical Tient in the elegiac poetry of Catullus, Tibul- his use of didactic and descriptive poetry as a and satirical with emphasis on Tacitus and us, Propertius, and Ovid. means of examining man's relationship to Juvenal. Prerequisite: 202 or 203 or an AP Latin score nature and as political and social commen- Prerequisite: same as for 300. Df5. tary. Ovid's parody of Vergilian didactic. Mr. Fant Prerequisite; same as for 300. Vliss Geffcken Not offered in 1974-75. 317 (2)* Imperial Rome: The Novel Second semester: Medieval Latin. The inter- 1 action of Christian values and classical 302 (2) Vergil's Aeneid The development of the ancient novel with nodes of thought in literature from 374 to 1 emphasis on satirical techniques in Petronius 1374 A.D. Selected readings from prose and The artistic achievement of Vergil in the light and on religious and mythological themes in Doetry. of earlier literature, especially Homer and Apuleius. Prerequisite: 103 or the equivalent or permis- Ennius; Vergil's view/ of man and the destiny Prerequisite: same as for 300. sion of the instructor. of Rome. Miss Geffcken Prerequisite; same as for 300. Vlr. Fant Miss Geffcken 350 (1) (2) Research or Individual Study 300 (1)* The Decline of the Heroic and the 1 or 2 Epicurean Response 308 (1 )* The Struggle for Power in the Late Open to seniors by permission.

1 Republic i^nti-heroic treatment of myth in Catullus 64; 1 370 (1-2) Honors Program -ucretius' re-creation in poetic form of the The events, life, and thought of the late Re- 2 to 4 Epicurean view of the human experience. public in the letters of Cicero and in the his- Required of all honors candidates who Prerequisite; 249. torical writings of Caesar and Sallust. choose to do honors research. For alternate Prerequisite; same as for 300. honors program see Directions for Election. N^iss Geffcken Not offered in 1974-75.

309 (2)* Historical Tradition, Morality, and Immorality

1 Livy's portrayal of early Roman heroes as models of behavior and Ovid's and Propertius' rejection of this moral point of view. Prerequisite: same as for 300.

Not offered in 1974-75. . .

112 GREEK AND LATIN Directions for Election

To fulfill the distribution requirement in The departments offer a choice of two plans Group A, students may elect any courses in for the Honors Program. Plan A (Honors Re- Greek or Latin except 150, 230, and 231 search, see 370 above, carrying two to four units of credit) provides the candidate with The following may not be counted toward the opportunity for research on a special topic major in Greek or Latin; Greek [101], [200], and the writing of a long paper or several 203, 204, 230; Greek/ Latin 104, 105, 150, 208; shorter papers. Plan B provides an opportu- Latin 231 nity for the candidate to show through exam- All students majoring in Greek must complete inations at the end of her senior year that she four units of Grade III work. has acquired a superior grasp, not only of a basic core of texts, but also of additional All students majoring in Latin are required to reading beyond course requirements. Plan B complete 300 or 301 , 302, and at least two carries no course credit, but where appropri- units of the following: 308, 309, 316, 317. ate, students may elect a unit of 350 to pre- Students planning to teach are advised to pare a special author or project which would elect 206. be included in the Honors examinations. Hon- Latin students who offer an AP Latin score of ors candidates who are classical civilization 5 should elect 249; an AP score of 4 normally majors should elect Plan B. leads to 202, but under special circumstances permission may be given to elect 249.

Students majoring in Greek or Latin are ad- vised to elect some work in the other lan-

guage. It should be noted that work in both Greek and Latin is essential for graduate studies in the classics.

Courses in ancient history, ancient art, an- cient philosophy, and classical mythology are recommended as valuable related work. Stu- dents interested in a major in classical and Near Eastern archaeology are referred to p. 197 where the program is described.

Students who wish to focus a classical major on ancient civilization can plan with the de- partment an appropriate sequence of courses, which should include work in art, history, philosophy, and literature. Such a program should always contain at least four units of work in the original language. Basic knowl- edge of French or German is recommended. HISTORY ,

114 HISTORY

Professor: 100(1) (2) Medieval and Early Modern 103(1) The World and the West Gulick, Robinson, Preyer, European History 1 Cohen, Cox (Chairman) 1 An introduction to comparative history, fo-

A study of the major ideas and institutions cusing on the changing relations between ,

Associate Professor: that have shaped western civilizations from western Europe and other civilizations over ] Auerbach*, Martin, Purcell the "grandeur that was Rome" to the Age of the past five centuries. Discussion of techno ' the Renaissance and Reformation. Emphasis logical change and the balance of power; the Assistant Professor: upon the different "life-styles" of successive missionary impulse; trading-post empires; Bertocci, Hay, Chaplin»1 western societies and upon the processes the challenge of modernization, with specific, Conzen of social change in the history of Western examples from Southeast Asia, Latin Ameri- Europe. Introduction to the techniques of ca, Africa, India, and the Middle East. Instructor; historical analysis and to problems in the Open to all students. Edwards interpretation of historical evidence through Ms. Hay extensive use of original sources. Lecturer: Open to all students. 150(1) (2) Colloquia Berlins Mr. Cox, Mr. Edwards 1 For directions for applying see p. 204. 101 (1) (2) Modern European History Open by permission to a limited number of 1 freshman and sophomore applicants. An introduction to European history from 1600 to the present, designed to aid the stu- (1) dent in formulating historical judgments a. 1 91 9. Year of the "New Negro" about the significance of representative insti- tutions, the scientific revolution, the Enlight- For description and prerequisite see Black enment, the French Revolution, industrializa- Studies 150. tion, imperialism, world wars, totalitarianism. Open to all students. b. 1776 and all that Mr. Gulick, Mr. Bertocci An analysis of the group of American revolu- tionaries who rose to power and led the mova 102(2)* Approach to the History of ment for independence from Great Britain. American Society Materials will be drawn from primary sources 1 of the period: letters, documents, pamphlets An introduction to both the concepts and and newspapers. methods of American social history through group exploration of the development of a Mrs. Preyer representative community from the colonial period to the 20th century, using original source materials to analyze in microcosm major trends in American society. Open to all students. Mrs. Conzen HISTORY 115

:. Peasant in history; mythi and fact 200 (2)* Quantitative Methods in Historical 232 (2) Medieval Civilization 1000 to 1300

Analysis 1 A/hat is a peasant? always a tiuge body of 1 European society during the High Middle Tiankind yet still defying ready definition. Is The understanding of historical investigation Ages. Kingship and a comparison of medieval ;he peasant an anarctiic and revolutionary based upon statistical data, including intro- states, warfare and the birth of chivalry, peas- orce? tfie essence of conservatism or reac- duction to elementary techniques for han- ants and townsmen in an era of economic and ion? the embodiment of the "natural man"? dling such data and to computer applications technological change, students and church- Does he still exist at all in industrializing in history. Examples for analysis will be men in a period of intellectual ferment. An societies? Materials for the investigation of drawn primarily from European and American exploration of political and social ideas as hese questions will be drawn from a variety social and political history. expressed in contemporary sources, includ- Df historical and literary sources. Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors ing art and literature. Not open to students without prerequisite. who have taken [219]. ^rs. Berlin Open to freshmen and sophomores who have Not offered in 1974-75. had a course in medieval history, art, or liter- 1. Myth and history Mrs. Conzen ature, and to juniors and seniors without pre- requisite. Exploration of the ways in which man's desire 206 (1-2) Afro-American History order and visualize his experience affects Not offered in 1974-75. 1 or 2 lis perception of factual events; analysis of For description and prerequisite see Black Mr. Cox he fictions in eyewitness accounts, retro- Studies 206. spective critical narrative and moralistic biog- 233 (1-2) The Renaissance and Reformation aphy. Reading in translation of Greek and 230(2)* History of Greece 1 or 2 ^oman historical literature. 1 First semester; The Renaissance. A study of virs. Lefkowitz The failure of democracy in Greece; a study of the intellectual, cultural, social, economic, the historical evidence for the development of and political currents of the Renaissance, :2) democracy in Athens; the effects of the acqui- especially as they converged in Florence. a. 1919. Year of the "New Negro" sition of an empire and the results of the con- frontation with Sparta. Second semester; The reformations of the Same as 150 (1) a. Open to all students except those who have 16th century, including the major Protestant taken [200]. movements, the radicals, the Catholic Refor- D. Heroes and heroines in medieval society mation, and the relationships between reli- Not offered in 1974-75. gious developments and the broader histor- Leaders and concepts of leadership in Euro- Miss Dickison ical context. One unit of credit may be given Dean society between the 5th and 16th cen- for either semester. Not open to students who (2)* of turies. An introduction to various definitions 231 History Rome have taken [217]. Df the "hero" since earliest times, followed by 1 Open to freshmen and sophomores who have an investigation, primarily using contempo- Rome of the Caesars; political, economic, taken 100 or related work in art, literature, or ary chronicles and biographies, of the ways social life of the empire; attitudes toward philosophy, and to juniors and seniors with- Particular n which heroes in premodern European his- autocratic government. attention out prerequisite. will be given to the period 27 B.C.-138 A.D. tory have changed with the changing condi- Mr. Edwards tions for successful leadership. Open to all students except those who have taken [201]. Mr. Cox Mr. Fant ,

116 HISTORY

235 (1) Classical and Medieval Intellectual 239 (2) History of England, 1500 to 1700 243 (2) The Enlightenment, the French History 1 Revolution, and Napoleon 1 English history under the Tudors and Stuarts. 1 A history of western thought from the Greeks The English Reformation, Elizabethan Re- French civilization in the 18th century; anal- to the end of the 1 4th century. Not open to naissance, and 1 7th century revolutions will ysis of the causes, events, and results of the students who have taken [203]. be the major themes. Revolution. The era of the Revolution and th( i Open to qualified freshmen and sophomores Open to qualified freshmen and sophomores Napoleonic Empire with emphasis upon poli (see Directions for Election), and to juniors (see Directions for Election), to sophomores leal, social, and cultural developments, and and seniors without prerequisite. who have taken 1 00 or are concentrating in their impact upon the rest of Europe. Not English literature, and to juniors and seniors open to students who have taken [211]. Not offered in 1974-75. without prerequisite. Prerequisite; same as for 242.

236 (2) Modern European Intellectual Mrs. Robinson Not offered in 1974-75. History Mr. Cox 1 240 (1) Modern England A consideration of the history of western 1 246 (1-2) History of Russia thought from Descartes to such contempo- English history from the late 18th century to 1 or 2 raries as Merleau-Ponty, with particular the mid-20th century. The transformation of a First semester: The Kievan State to 1861 emphasis on man's changing notions of the basically agrarian, hierarchical, traditional Second semester: 1861 to the present, with relationship of self to society. Not open to society into an industrial, democratic welfare emphasis on the Soviet State, and its institu- students who have taken [203 (2)] or [204]. state. tions. One unit of credit may be given for Prerequisite: same as for 235. Open to qualified freshmen and sophomores either semester. Not open to students who (see Directions for Election), to students who Mr. Bertocci have taken [209]. have taken 1 01 or 239, to sophomores concen- Open to qualified freshmen and sophomores trating in English literature, and to juniors 238(1) History of England to 1500 (see Directions for Election), to sophomores and seniors without prerequisite. 1 who have taken Russian 1 00, and to juniors A survey of English history from the coming Not offered in 1974-75. and seniors without prerequisite. of the Anglo-Saxons through the Wars of the Mrs. Robinson Mrs. Berlin Roses. Some attention will be given to prob- lems of historical interpretation. Not open to 242(1) The Age of Louis XIV in France 248 (2) Europe in the Twentieth Century students who have taken [213], 1 1 Open to qualified freshmen and sophomores Society and government in 17th century A study of selected topics such as fascism, (see Directions for Election), to sophomores France. The political and cultural background communism, and appeasement, with empha who have taken 100 or are concentrating in under Richelieu and Mazarin; social, politi- sis on England, Germany, and Russia, and English literature, and to juniors and seniors cal, and intellectual life during the Golden some discussion of developments in France without prerequisite. Age of Absolutism under Louis XIV. Not open Italy, Spain, and eastern Europe. Not open t( Mrs. Robinson to students who have taken [210]. students who have taken [202]. Open to sophomores who have taken 1 00 or Open to qualified freshmen and sophomores

101 , or courses in related language and liter- (see Directions for Election), to freshmen an

ature, and to juniors and seniors without pre- sophomores who have taken 101 , and to ju- requisite. niors and seniors without prerequisite.

Mr. Cox Not offered in 1974-75. HISTORY 117

250 (1) Colonial America, 1607-1783 253(2) The United States, 1917 to the 261 (1)* History of Spain

I Present 1 rhe adaptation of the English, Europeans, 1 The period of Spain's hegemony and modern and Africans to the alien environment of Selected 20th century issues and problems, developments culminating in the Civil War of Morth America in the 17th century. Analysis with emphasis on the perceptions of Ameri- 1936-39. bf the formation of colonial settlements, cans attempting to cope with social change. Prerequisite: same as for 242. problems of survival and leadership, relations Not open to students who have taken [224]. Not offered in 1974-75. with Indian cultures, the creation of new soci- Prerequisite; same as for 250. eties in the New World. Not open to students Mr. Lovett Mr. Purcell who have taken [221]. Dpen to sophomores, juniors, and seniors 265 (2) History of the Middle East 254 (1) United States Urban History without prerequisite. 1 1 The social and cultural institutions of the Origins and development of the American ^rs. Preyer Islamic world before 1800; the impact of the urban system from the colonial period to the West; the rise and development of nationalist 251 The United States, 1783 to 1850 present, with emphasis upon changing city (2) movements in the 19th and 20th centuries. functions, urban physical and spatial struc- I Some attention will be given to Islamic influ- The American Revolution, the formation of ture and growth, group accommodation to ence in India, Africa, and Southeast Asia. he Union, the development of the United city living, historical trends in urban politics, Open to all students. States as a new nation. Not open to students and problem solving. Not open to students 1974-75. who have taken [222]. who have taken [220]. Not offered in rerequisite: same as for 250. Open to sophomores by permission of the Ms. Hay instructor, and to juniors and seniors without \/lrs. Preyer prerequisite. 267 (1) History of Africa. West Africa 252 (1) The United States, 1850 to 1917 Mrs. Conzen 1

I An introduction to the history of West Africa The impact of the Civil War and Reconstruc- 260 (1)* The Hispanic World from the ancient kingdom of Ghana to present

ion, the emergence of an urban industrial 1 times. The major topics will include the pre- society, and the responses of reformers to The political, social, economic, and cultural colonial kingdoms, the expansion of Islam, hat society. Not open to students who have evolution of the Latin American world from the Atlantic slave trade, social and economic aken (223). colonial days to the present. Emphasis on change during the colonial period, and na- Prerequisite: same as for 250. colonial institutions and their relations to tionalistic movements. historical developments in the Iberian penin- Open to all students except those who have Mr. Purcell sula, and on the fundamental problems, espe- taken [208]. in certain of modern and cially key countries, Ms. Hay contemporary Latin America. Not open to students who have taken [214], Prerequisite; same as for 242.

Mr. Lovett .

118 HISTORY

268 (2) History of Africa. East, Central, and 280 (2) Imperialism, Nationalism, and 302(2) Biography Workshop Southern Africa Modernization 1 1 1 Student biographical projects in prose, film, An introduction to the history of East, Cen- Varieties of European imperialism in the 19th and other media, normally a continuation of

tral, and Southern Africa from ancient times and 20th centuries, particularly colonial rule projects begun in 301 . Group discussion. to the present. Topics of major interest will and informal empire, and the different ways in Prerequisite: 301 include migration and state formation in early which people of other world civilizations Not offered in 1974-75. times, Swahili civilization, the slave trade, responded to the threat of industrial Europe. colonialism and nationalism, and the con- The colonial experience, the growth of nation- Mr. Gulick tinuing conflicts in Southern Africa. alist movements, and forms of modernization Open to all students except those who have will be compared on the basis of examples 305 (1) Europe's Traditional System of 1914 taken [208]. drawn from Africa, the Middle East, Japan, International Relations, 1780 to and Southeast Asia. 1 Ms. Hay Prerequisite: same as for 200. The nature of Europe's classical balance of power system and its subsequent modifica- 271(1) Japanese History Ms. Hay tion through the French and industrial revolu 1 tions; the diplomacy of national unification 300 Historical Thinking Its Japanese history from earliest times to the (1) and Problems and of imperialist expansion. Attention to present, stressing Japan's quest for modern- 1 Ottoman, Chinese, and African relations witt ity in the 19th and 20th centuries and the con- A study of the variety of approaches to history Europe. historians in the past present. sequences of this quest. used by and Prerequisite: same as for 300. Open to all students except those who have The relationship between the historical disci- taken [225]. pline and disciplines such as the social sci- Mr. Gulick ences and literature. Problems confronting Mr. Cohen the historian today: evidence, causation, gen- 306 (2) Global International Relations eralization, value judgment, objectivity. 1 275 (1) Pre-Modern Chinese History Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors The emergence of untraditional, cataclysmic 1 problems of weaponry, population, and envi- who have taken two Grade II units of history, Chinese civilization from earliest times to the or by permission of the instructor. ronment superimposed on traditional, on- period of the modern western impact. Empha- going problems of international relations. sis on the development of thought and politi- Mrs. Robinson Attention equally divided among Europe, Ea; cal institutions. Extensive readings in Chi- Asia, the United States, and the Soviet Unior nese literature. The Art of Biography 301(1) Prerequisite: same as for 300. Open to all students except those who have 1 taken [226], Exploration of the diverse ways of presenting Mr. Gulick biographical narrative and insights in prose, Mr. Cohen film, and other media; the utilization of 309 (2) Intellectual History of Russia sources on the individual and their integration 1 276 (2) Modern Chinese History with historical materials; the historiographi- Emphasis on the tradition of radical social 1 cal problems of biography. thought in the 19th and 20th centuries. Not The history of China from the Opium War to Prerequisite: same as for 254. open to students who have taken [313]. the present. Analysis of political, economic, Prerequisite: same as for 300. social, and intellectual changes stimulated by Mr. Gulick the intrusion of the modern West. Not offered in 1974-75. Open to all students except those who have Mrs. Berlin taken [227]. Mr. Cohen HISTORY 119

10 (1-2) Social History of the United States 318(1) Race and Conflict in Southern 332 (2) Seminar. English History Africa 1 he evolution of American society viewed as 1 Topic for 1974-75: The "woman question" in 16 response of basic sociai units such as An exploration of the historical relationships England. How Victorian and Edwardian men jmilies, classes, communities, occupational between the European, African, and the Asian and women approached a heated issue from nd ethnic groups, educational and religious communities in South Africa, Angola, and the 1850's onward. A study of the literature istitutions to the changing conditions of Mozambique, in an attempt to understand the about, and the struggles for, the emancipa- litial settlement, expansion, and industrial- current situation in these countries. tion of women: personal, legal, educational, :ation, as conditioned by changing social Prerequisite: one unit in African studies or professional, political. Jeals. First semester: Colonial period to permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: same as for 330.

840. Second semester: 1 840 to 1 940. Not offered in 1974-75. Mrs. Robinson ipen to juniors and seniors who have taken wo units of history or by permission of the Ms. Hay 333 (1) Seminar. European Intellectual istructor. History 319 (2) Pan-Africanism Irs. Conzen 1 1 Topic for 1974-75: Literature and politics in For description and prerequisite see Black 19th century France. This seminar will exam- 12 (2) Civil Liberties in the United States Studies 319. ine the varieties of criticism which French historical development of selected First men of letters directed at liberal political cul- he 330 (2) Seminar. Reformation Europe with emphasis on the ture in 19th century France. It will focus par- .mendment freedoms 1 ticularly on the reactions of selected novel- jiationship between civil liberties and polit- Topic for 1974-75: The lay Reformation. A ists, essayists, and social theorists to the ;al and social movements. The historical psychological and social study of the 16th growing wave of rationalistic, secular, and ontext of contemporary issues such as polit- century layman's response to the Reforma- democratic values. Among others, the semi- :al justice, civil disobedience in wartime, tion: the theological issues he found most nar will consider writers like Stendhal, Flau- nd student rights. Not open to students who significant and his political and personal at- bert, Renan, Comte, and Tocqueville. ave taken [218]. tempts to influence the course of the Refor- rerequisite: same as for 254. mation. Prerequisite: same as for 330. lot offered in 1974-75. Open to qualified juniors and seniors by per- Mr. Bertocci mission of the instructor. See Directions for 16(1) History of the West Indies Election. 335 (1) (2) Seminar. American Studies Mr. Edwards 1 or description and prerequisite see Black For description and prerequisite see Extra- departmental 335. itudies316. 331 (1) Seminar. English History 1 Normally a different topic each year. Prerequisite: same as for 330.

Not offered in 1974-75. Mrs. Robinson 120 HISTORY

336 (2) Seminar. American Urban History 342 (1) Seminar. African History 347 (2) Seminar. Comparative History 1 1 1 Topic fori 974-75: 19th century Boston. The Topic for 1974-75: African empires in the 19th Topic for 1974-75: A revolutionary era, 1776- response of Boston and its surrounding area century. A comparison of various African 1848. Similarities and differences of revolu- to industrialization and immigration, with kingdoms which expanded in the 19th century tion, reform, and reaction in Europe and exploration of such topics as the changing through military conquest, comparing their America. The ideology of change, the evolu- character and social relations of its popula- political and military institutions and ideolo- tion of democratically oriented political tion, shifting employment and mobility pat- gies, the factors which contributed to their movements, the role of social class and clas terns, new physical environments, altered rise and decline, and the resulting social and consciousness, and the emergence of new perceptions of public services. Students will economic changes. social and economic realities. be expected to do original research. Prerequisite: same as for 330. Prerequisite: same as for 330. Prerequisite: same as for 330. Ms. Hay Mrs. Preyer Mrs. Conzen

345(1) Seminar. Chinese History I 350 (1) (2) Research or Individual Study

337 (1) Seminar. American History I 1 lor 2 1 Topic for 1974-75: Rethinking 19th century Open by permission to juniors and seniors.

Topic for 1 974-75: Selected problems in Chinese history. The seminar will begin with a American legal history. The transmission of brief review of standard Marxist and non- 370 (1-2) Honors Program English law to the American colonies and the Marxist interpretations of 19th century China 2 to 4 development of American law in the federal and will then move on to more intensive ex- Required of all honors candidates in the system. ploration of the various revisionist approach- department. Prerequisite: same as for 330. es that have been put forward in recent years. Prerequisite: same as for 330. Mrs. Preyer Mr. Cohen

338 (2) Seminar. American History II 1 346 (2) Seminar. Chinese History II

Topic for 1 974-75: 20th century America— the 1 domestic impact of war. The first half will be Topic for 1974-75: MaoTse-tung. Mao's life devoted to readings on the domestic impact and thought will be explored from a number of of the two world wars (political and economic vantage points; an effort will be made to de- changes, social tensions, and cultural re- fine his dual role as a generator and legiti- sponse). The second half will be devoted to mizerof change in modern China. student research papers dealing with aspects Prerequisite: same as for 330. of the of 20th domestic consequences some Mr. Cohen century war. Prerequisite: same as for 330. Mr. Purcell

340 (2) Seminar. Afro-American History 1 For description and prerequisite see Black Studies 340. irections for Election HISTORY 121

wide variety of programs may provide in- The general survey courses (100, 101 , 102, ght into the nature and scope of history as a 103) and Grade II survey courses in classical iscipline. Accordingly, the student majoring (230, 231 ), Asian (271 , 275, 276), African (267,

I history is given great latitude in designing a 268), and Middle Eastern (265) history are rogram of study. The student may elect open to all students without prerequisite. In Durses freely, but ordinarily should have as a addition, freshmen and sophomores with a rimary focus one of the following: (1 ) a par- strong secondary school background in Euro- cular geographic area, nation, or culture pean history (modern, and ancient, or medi-

!) a limited time period (3) a special aspect of eval) may elect as a beginning course 235, istory, e.g., social, diplomatic, intellectual 236, 238, 239, 240, 246, 248. Courses at the

\) a significant historical problem or theme, Grade I level, however, are strongly recom- g., revolution, urbanization, racism. In de- mended for students planning to major in gning a program students are encouraged to history. jnsider courses given at MIT and in other spartments at Wellesley. The concept of the ajor should be discussed with the major jvisor, and students should consult with eir advisors about changes they may wish make in the course of the junior and senior lars. ie colloquia are available to freshmen and )phomores without prerequisite. Since col- quia enrollments are limited, special appli- ition must be made. Incoming freshmen ay obtain application forms from the class ;an, sophomores from the Recorder's Of-

:e. Green Hall. If a colloquium is oversub- ;ribed the instructor will decide which appli- ints are to be accepted. Students are ad- sed to apply for more than one, indicating

St, second, and third choices if they wish. jminars, unless otherwise indicated, are )en by permission of the instructor to quali- 5d juniors and seniors. Since enrollments e limited, a student wishing to apply for

Imission to one or more seminars must fill Jt an application blank, available in the de- artment office. Founders Hall 120. Notifica- 3n of which applicants are to be accepted ill be made no later than the announced date r course changes without fee in each imester.

ITALIAN 124 ITALIAN

Professor: 100 (1-2) Elementary Italian 301 (1-2) Dante Avitabile (Chairman) 2 2 Development of basic language skills for the A study of Dante's Divina Commedia and Instructor: purpose of acquiring contemporary spoken minor works. MattiiS Italian and a reading knowledge useful in the Prerequisite: same as for 208. study of other disciplines. A general view of Ms. Avitabile All courses are conducted in Italian. In all Italian civilization. Three periods. courses except seminars some work will be The Staff 302(1) The Theatre in Italy required in the laboratory. 1 Qualified students may be recommended to 202(1) Intermediate Italian The development of the theatre from its ori- spend the junior year in Italy. See p. 45. 1 gins to the present time. An introduction to Written and oral practice to develop fluency. the classical theatre, the Commedia dell'Arte, Topics of contemporary interest, with read- the Pastoral drama; special emphasis on the ings from newspapers, periodicals, current modern theatre. Study of plays by authors fiction, and poetry. Three periods. such as Poliziano, Machiavelli, Tasso, Goldo- Prerequisite: 100 or the equivalent. ni, and Pirandello. Prerequisite: same as for 208. The Staff

308 (2) From Verismo to Neorealismo 207 (2) Significant Moments of Italian 1 Literature: The Middle Ages to the Post- A study of Italian fiction since 1880 seen in Renaissance as the short stories by Verga and Pirandello and 1 in the novels by authors such as Moravia, An introduction to the Golden Age of Italian Pavese, and Vittorini. literature. Study and analysis of selected Prerequisite: same as for 208. works by such authors as Saint Francis of Assisi, Dante, Petrarch, Boccaccio, Leonardo 349 (2) Seminar da Vinci, Machiavelli, Castiglione, Guicciar- 1 dini, and Ariosto. Topic for 1974-75: High points in Italian lyric Prerequisite: 202. poetry: Petrarch, Tasso, Leopardi, Ungaretti. Mrs. Mattii Open by permission of the instructor.

The Staff 208 (1) Italian Romanticism 1 350 (1) (2) Research or Individual Study An introductory study of the poetry and prose 1 or2 of Foscolo, Leopardi, and Manzoni. Open by permission to students who have Prerequisite: 207 or permission of the completed two units in literature in the de- instructor. partment. Ms. Avitabile 370(1-2) Honors Program 2 to 4 Required of all honors candidates in the department. Directions for Election ITALIAN 125

Course 1 00 is counted toward the degree but not toward the major.

Students majoring in Italian are advised to take 301 and 308. Courses in one or more other languages, ancient or modern, art, his- tory, and philosophy, are recommended as valuable related work.

Majors planning to do graduate work in Italian are advised to take at least one unit in French or Spanish literature and to have a reading knowledge of Latin or of a third Romance language.

^lATHEMATICS 128 MATHEMATICS

Professor: 100 (1) (2) Introduction to Mathematical 110(1) (2) Calculus I

Schafer, Evans, Norvig (Chairman) Thought 1 1 Study of functions of one variable. Limits and Associate Professor: Study of form in mathematical thought with continuity. Differential calculus of algebraic Wilcox emphasis on interrelationships of structural and trigonometric functions with applica- patterns. Material selected from areas such as tions. Introduction to the integral. Not open Assistant Professor: number theory, algebraic and geometric to students who have taken or are taking 108 Myers, Stehney*, Shultz, Wason, Shuchat structures, and theory of infinite sets. or the equivalent. Courses 100 and 102 are intended primarily as Open to students who have some familiarity Instructor: terminal courses; both may be elected. with trigonometric functions. Roitman Open to all students except those who have The Staff taken or are taking 110 or 111 or the equiv- All courses meet for two periods weekly with alent. 111 (1)(2) Calculus II a third period every other week. Miss Evans 1 The logarithmic and exponential functions. 102 (1) (2) Introduction to Finite Techniques and applications of integration. Mathematics Limits, derivatives, and integrals in greater 1 depth than in 110. Topics selected from areas such as logic, Prerequisite: 110 ora substantial introduction sets, partitions, probability, vectors and ma- to the calculus, or 108 by permission of the trices; applications in the biological and so- department. cial sciences. Courses 100 and 102 are intend- The Staff ed primarily as terminal courses; both may be elected. 201 (1) Techniques of Intermediate Calculus Open to all students. 1 The Staff A nontheoretical development of topics of particular importance to students interested 108(1) (2) Techniques of Calculus in applications of mathematics. Topics in- 1 clude: functions of several variables, partial This course is devoted almost exclusively to differentiation and multiple integration. Lin-

techniques and applications. It is primarily ear algebra, matrices, linear equations, deter- intended for students requiring calculus for minants. Ordinary differential equations, applications. Topics include differentiation, homogeneous and simple nonhomogeneous integration, partial derivatives, with applica- equations, numerical and power series solu- tions to extrema, velocities, related rates, tions. Vector valued functions. Not to be areas, and volumes. The course introduces counted toward the major in mathematics.

most of the techniques developed in 1 1 and Extradepartmental 216 is recommended as a 111. Not open to students who have taken or sequel, particularly for majors in the physical are taking 110 or 111 or the equivalent. sciences. Open to students who have some familiarity Open to students who have taken 111 or by with trigonometric functions. permission of the instructor. The Staff Mr. Myers MATHEMATICS 129

203 (2) Probability and Elementary 210 (2) Differential Equations 307 (2)* Topology Statistics 1 1 1 An introductory course in ordinary differential An introduction to abstract point-set and Topics selected from the theory of sets, dis- equations. algebraic topology. Topological spaces, com- crete probability for both single and multi- Prerequisite: 207. pactness, connectedness, continuity. Topics variate random variables, probability density taken from metric spaces, product spaces, Mr. Shultz for a single continuous random variable, ex- separation axioms, convergence, homotopy pectations, mean, standard deviation, and theory, manifolds, and simplicial homology. 249(1) Selected Topics sampling from a normal population. Prerequisite; 302 (1). 1 Prerequisite; 111 or the equivalent. Topic for 1974-75: Geometry. Modern euclid- Mr. Wilcox Mr. Shuchat ean geometry, geometric transformations, projective geometry, noneuclidean (spherical 309 (2)* Foundations of Mathematics 206(1) (2) Linear Algebra and hyperbolic) geometry, and other selected 1 1 topics. The set-theoretic foundations of modern Systems of linear equations, vector spaces Prerequisite: 111 or permission of the mathematics. Cardinal and ordinal arithmetic. over the real and complex fields, linear trans- instructor. The axiom of choice and the continuum hy- formations, matrices, determinants. pothesis. Mr. Shultz Prerequisite; same as for 203. Prerequisite: 302 (1 ) or 305 (1 ) or permission of the instructor. The Staff 302(1-2) Elements of Analysis 1 or 2 Not offered in 1974-75.

207(1) (2) Calculus III Point set theory; study of convergence, con- 1 tinuity, differentiation and integration in finite Indeterminate forms, improper integrals and dimensional Cartesian spaces. One unit of 310 (2) Functions of a Complex Variable infinite series. Differentiation and integration credit may be given for the first semester. 1 of povi/er series. Curves and elementary differ- Prerequisite: 206 and 208. Elementary functions and their mapping prop- ential geometry. Introduction to differential Mr. Norvig, Mr. Myers erties; integration theory; series expansions equations. of analytic functions. Prerequisite: same as for 203. 305(1-2) Modern Algebraic Theory Prerequisite: 302(1). The Staff 1 or 2 Ms. Wason Introduction to algebraic systems including 208(1) (2) Calculus IV groups, rings, integral domains, fields, ab- 1 stract vector spaces. One unit of credit may Functions of several real variables. Partial be given for the first semester. differentiation. Multiple and iterated integra- Prerequisite: same as for 302. tion. Line integration and Green's theorem. Ms. Schafer, Mr. Shultz Prerequisite: 207 or permission of the instructor.

Ms. Schafer, Mr. Norvig )

130 MATHEMATICS Directions for Election Placement in Courses and Exemption Examination

349(1) Selected Topics A major in mathematics must include the first Students entering with AP scores of 4 or 5 on 1 semester of 302 and of 305, and either the the AB Examination, or 3 on the BC Examina- Consideration of selected topics in mathe- second semester of 302 or 310. Units of AP tion of the CEEB are eligible for 206 and 207; matics. credits will not be counted toward the mini- those entering with AP scores of 4 or 5 on the for Prerequisite: 302 (1 ) or 305 (1 ). mum of eight units required of majors. Stu- BC Examination of the CEEB are eligible dents planning to elect both units of either 206 and 208. Not offered in 1974-75. or should take both units in the same 302 305 Examinations for exemption from one or two year. in mathematics to satisfy partially 350 (1 ) (2) Research or Individual Study courses 1 or 2 Courses 100 and 102 may not be counted to- the college requirement in science and mathe- Open to juniors and seniors by permission. ward the major. The department also offers matics will be offered to students who have Techniques of f\/1athematics, Experimental been well prepared in the subject matter of

370 (1-2) Honors Program 103, which is described on p. 190. 110 and 111 . If students pass both 110 and 2 111 examinations, they will receive exemption Students expecting to do graduate work in Required of tionors candidates who choose to from two units in mathematics; if they should mathematics should elect the second semes- do lienors research. pass the 1 10 examination only, they will re- 31 349. are ter of 302 and of 305, 0, and They ceive exemption from one unit in mathemat- also advised to acquire a reading knowledge ics. Exemption examinations are not offered of one or more of the following languages: for 100 and 102. French, German, or Russian.

Students who expect to teach at the secon- dary school level are advised to elect the sec- ond semester of 302 or a course in geometry, and 310.

Majors who may be practice teaching in their senior year should elect 302 (1-2) or 302 (1 and 310 (2) not later than their junior year. Students are encouraged to elect MIT courses which are not offered by the Wellesley Col- lege mathematics department. MUSIC Y .

132 MUSIC

Professor; 101(1-2) Introductory Course 200 (1-2) Design in Music Herrmann (Chairman) 1 or2 2 The fundamentals of musicianship. Develop- A survey beginning with Gregorian chant and Associate Professor: ment of reading and listening skills. Introduc- concluding with electronic music, with em- Jander* tion to traditional harmony. One unit of credit phasis on live performance and on the incisive may be given for the first semester. Three analysis of scores. Three periods. Assistant Professor: periods: one lecture and tvjo section meet- Prerequisite: 101 Barry, Kelly ings. Mr. Kelly Open to all students. Lecturer: Miss Barry 203 (1-2) Counterpoint Windham, Fisk3, Cooke, Shapiro3 2 103 (1-2) Introduction to the Literature of Two- and three-part writing. Analysis. Instructor in Performing Music: Music Prerequisite: 101 Zighera (cello), Goetze (piano), Taylor (or- lor 2 gan), Pappoutsakis (harp), Preble (flute and Mr. Cooke A survey course designed to develop musical baroque flute), Vivian (organ), O'Donnell understanding, insight, and powers of obser- (voice), Hedberg (viola), IVIoss (piano), 208 (1)* The Baroque Era vation through the study of music of various Odiaga (harpsichord), Plaster (bassoon and 1 styles and periods. A previous knovi/ledge of Assistant in Chamber Music), Hartzell (viola Studies in the music of the 17th and early 18th music is not required. One unit of credit may da gamba and Assistant in the Collegium centuries with emphasis on the works of Bach be given for the first semester. Not to be Musicum), Moran (horn), Stuart (clarinet), and Handel. Not to be counted toward the counted toward the major in music. Two per- Linfield (recorder, krummhorn, and Assistant major in music. iods of lecture and one section meeting. in the Collegium Musicum), R. Cook (trumpet Prerequisite: 101 or 103. Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors and cornetto), Roth (oboe and baroque oboe), who have taken not more than one unit in mu- Not offered in 1974-75. Speyer (oboe), Cirillo (violin and Director of sic, and to freshmen with the permission of Chamber Music), Smith* (guitar and lute), 209(1)' the chairman of the department. The Classical Era Arnold (guitar), Fisk (piano), Lipson (viola) 1 Mr. Kelly, Mrs. Shapiro, Mr. Windham Studies in the music of Haydn, Mozart, and Beethoven. Not to be counted toward the 106 (2) Afro-American Music major in music. 1 Prerequisite: 101 or 103. A survey of Black music in the United States Mr. and in the Caribbean from its origin in Africa Windham to the present, with emphasis on the 20th (2)* century. The course will examine basic theo- 210 The Romantic Era retical principles as they apply to Black musi- 1 of compositions of cal culture, the development of styles, and Analysis representative the relationship between musical innovation the 1 9th century. Not to be counted toward and socio-political events. the major in music. Prerequisite: 103 or 200 or 209. Open to all students. Mr. Windham Mr. Windham MUSIC 133

214 (2)* The Twentieth Century 319 (1)* Seminar. The Nineteenth Century 350 (1 ) (2) Research or Individual Study 1or2 An introduction to contemporary music. Not Topic for 1974-75: Studies in instrumental and Directed study in theory, orchestration, com- to be counted toward the major in music. vocal works of the middle of the century, se- position, or the history Prerequisite; 103 or 200 or of music. 208 or 209. lected to reveal principal style trends during Open to qualified juniors and seniors by Not offered in 1974-75. the generation after Beethoven. permission. Open to students who have taken 200 and who have taken 303(1) The Middle Ages and the or are taking 31 2. 370 (1-2) Honors Program Renaissance Miss Barry 2 to 4 1 Required of all honors candidates in the Topic for 1974-75: Studies In instrumental and department. 320 (2)* Seminar. The Twentieth Century vocal works, cfiiefly from the Renaissance, selected to explore problems of performance, Topic for 1974-75: Studies in forms and tech- in particular the traditions of improvisation niques of composition in music during the and the impact of these traditions on written early part of the century, with emphasis on music. Readings in contemporaneous works of Stravinsky and of the sources, and Second Vien- emphasis on live performance in nese School. class. Prerequisite: same as for 303. Prerequisite: 200. Mr. Cooke Mrs. Shapiro 321(1)* Seminar. The 307 Age of Bach and (2) The Opera Handel 1 1 A study of operatic forms, styles, and tradi- Normally a different topic each year. tions from the time of Mozart to the present. Prerequisite: same as for 31 9. Prerequisite: two Grade II units in the liter- ature of music. Not offered in 1974-75. Mr. Herrmann 322 (2)* Seminar. The Classical Era 1 312 (1-2) Harmony Normally 2 a different topic each year. Prerequisite: same as for 319. The figured bass. Harmonization of melodies. Analysis. Three periods. Not offered in 1974-75. Prerequisite: 203. 344 (1) (2) Performing Music Mr. Fisk 1 or 2 Intensive study of interpretation and of ad- 316 (1-2) Introduction to Composition vanced technical performance problems in the literature. One hour lesson per week. Advanced studies in theory. The principles of Open on recommendation of the instructor to instrumentation. Composition for small en- qualified juniors and seniors sembles. who have taken or are taking 200. See Directions for Election. Prerequisite: 31 2 and 320. The Staff Not offered in 1974-75. 134 MUSIC Directions for Election Performing Music

A major in music includes 101 , 200, 203, and Private Instruction 312. At least two units of additional at study The music department makes arrangements the Grade III level are strongly recommended. for private instruction in voice, piano, organ, Students who plan to undertake graduate harpsichord, harp, violin (baroque and mod- study in music should be aware that a knowl- ern), viola, cello, viola da gamba, flute (ba- edge of both German and French is essential roque and modern), oboe (baroque and mod- for work at that level, and a proficiency in Ital- ern), clarinet, bassoon, trumpet, French horn, ian is highly desirable. Also of value are stud- recorder, cornetto, lute, and guitar (classical ies in European history, literature, and art. and modern).

Music majors are especially urged to develop Students who contract for performing music their musicianship through the acquisition of instruction are charged at the rate of $210 for basic keyboard skills, through private instruc- a half-hour private lesson per week through- tion in practical music, and through involve- out the year. An additional fee of $25 per year ment in the music department's various per- is charged to all performing music students forming organizations. for the use of a practice studio for one period daily. The fee for the use of a practice studio Training in sight reading, keyboard harmony, for fiarpsichord and organ is $35. Performing and score reduction is provided without music fees are payable in advance and can be charge to all students enrolled in Music 203 returned or reduced only under limited con- and 312. ditions and upon the approval of the chairman of the department of music.

All students at Wellesley who take lessons in performing music are required to take the first semester of Music 101 (basic theory) or gain exemption.

Arrangements for lessons in performing mu- sic are made at the department office during the first week of the semester. MUSIC 135

Academic Credit The Collegium Musicum Wellesliensis IVIusicum, directed faculty A maximum of four units of academic credit The Collegium by a and several assistants, specializes in for performing music is available during the member junior and senior year to advanced students the performance of early music. Ivlembers of the Collegium enjoy the use of an unusually wtio are admitted to tfie 344 program. In order to be admitted to this special program the fine collection of historical instruments: harp- student must be recommended by the instruc- sichords, recorders, krummhorns, violas da tor, must perform a successful audition be- gamba, baroque violins, baroque and renais- fore the department faculty, and must take sance flutes, baroque oboe, cornetto, sack- but, and lute. two Grade III units of literature study. Separate consort instruction is available in viola da gamba and recorder for both begin- ning and advanced players. Members of such Performing Organizations groups are encouraged to take private instruc- The following five organizations are a vital tions as well. extension of the academic program of the Wellesley music department: The MIT Orchestra Through the Wellesley-lVlIT cross-registration The Wellesley College Choir program students on the Wellesley campus The Wellesley College Choir, with approxi- are eligible to audition for membership in the mately 80 members, gives concerts on and off IVIIT Symphony Orchestra. Wellesley mem- campus during the academic year, many of bers of the orchestra have often held solo them with men's choirs. Endowed funds pro- positions. vide for at least one joint concert each year accompanied by a professional orchestra.

The Wellesley Madrigals The tVladngals is a chamber chorus of about twenty-five mixed voices. The organization elects its own student director.

The Chamber Music Society The Chamber IVIusic Society, supervised by a faculty member and assistants, presents three concerts each year, plus a number of diverse, informal programs.

PHILOSOPHY

n 138 PHILOSOPHY

Professor: 101(1) (2) Plato's Dialogues as an 150 (1) Colloquium Stadler (Chairman) Introduction to Philosophy 1 1 For directions for applying see p. 204. Associate Professor: An introduction to philosopfiy through a Open by permission to a limited number of Putnam, Congleton study of Plato's views of the nature of man freshman and sophomore applicants. and society, and of the nature of philosophi- Assistant Professor: cal inquiry as found in the early and middle (1) Sfiue, Menkiti, MargalifS dialogues taking Socrates as their central Fact, fiction, and philosophy concern. Scientists, story tellers, and philosophers Open to all students. seem to view the world from different Mr. Shue perspectives. They seem to see different worlds and they seem to use different modes 109 (1)(2) Problems for Twentieth Century of expression to communicate what they see. Philosophy In this colloquium students will explore these

1 different approaches. Appreciation of the Problems pertaining to the nature of man and value of these diverse points of view and his moral and/or social commitments as modes of expression will be encouraged. philosophers these present themselves to Mrs. Putnam reflecting upon life in the 20th century. Read- ings primarily (but not exclusively) from the 200 (1) (2) Modern Sources of contemporary philosophical literature, select- Contemporary Philosophy ed to illustrate and explain significant differ- 1 present-day approaches. ences among A study of the work of Descartes, Hume, and junior senior majors by permis- Open to and Kant intended as an introduction to contem- sion of the instructor, and to all other stu- porary concerns in philosophy through a con- dents w/ithout prerequisite. A special section sideration of their formation in the work of the will arranged in the first semester for junior be post-Renaissance philosophers most cited in nonmajors. and senior current discussion. Some attention will also The Staff be given to Rousseau and Vico. The course is intended as preparation for more advanced work both in contemporary philosophy and in the history of modern philosophy. Open to all students except freshmen in the first semester and students who have taken [207] or [208). Ms. Congleton

201 (1) Plato and Aristotle 1 A study of Platonic dialogues chosen primar- ily from the middle and late periods, and of selected Aristotelian treatises. Open by permission of the instructor. Ms. Congleton PHILOSOPHY 139

203(1) Philosophy of Art (2) 211(2) Philosophy of Religion 217(2) Philosophy of Science 1 1 1 An examination of some major theories of art An examination of basic problems regarding A course for both science and nonscience and art criticism. Emphasis on the clarifica- the nature of religion, the grounds of religious majors to Increase understanding and appre- tion of such key concepts as style, meaning, belief, and the character of ritual, with atten- ciation of scientific knowledge and the meth- and truth, and on the nature of judgments and tion to both traditional and contemporary ods of scientists. An examination of concepts arguments about artistic beauty and excel- positions. which philosophers of science have found to lence. Prerequisite: same as for 203. be particularly interesting, e.g., explanation, Open to freshmen who have taken one unit in Mr. Menkiti law, theory construction, experiment and philosophy, and to sophomores, juniors, and observation, truth. Examples from the history seniors without prerequisite. 215(2) Consciousness, Ideology and of science and contemporary science, drawn Mrs. Stadler Knowledge from both the "hard" and the "soft" sciences.

1 Prerequisite: same as for 203. 204 (1 Philosophy of ) (2) Language What factors Influence the formation of an Mrs. Putnam Individual's beliefs? Theses in the sociology An investigation of man as the unique user of of knowledge. Readings in Marx, Weber, 218(1) History of Science I language. The relationship of language ca- Mannheim, and others. 1 pacity to rationality and morality will also be Prerequisite: same as for 203. For description and prerequisite see Extra- considered. Readings for the first half of the Mrs. Putnam departmental 218. course will include Whorf, Skinner, Chomsky, Piaget, and Vygotsky; for the second half, Not offered in 1974-75. Wittgenstein. 216 (1) Logic 1 Prerequisite: same as for 203. 219 (2) History of Science II An Introduction to the methods of symbolic 1 Mrs. Margallt logic and their application to arguments In For description and prerequisite see Extra- ordinary English. Discussion of validity. Im- departmental 219. 206 IVIoral (2) Philosophy plication, consistency, proof, and of such 1 Not offered In 1974-75. topics as the thesis of extensionality and the An examination of the methods by which we nature of mathematical truth. arrive at intelligent moral decisions and of the Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors, nature of justice and moral responsibility as and to freshmen by permission of the In- discussed by major modern and contempo- structor. rary philosophers. Application to current moral problems. Mrs. Putnam Prerequisite: same as for 203. Mr. Shue 140 PHILOSOPHY

Medical Ethics 327(1) Man, Monkey, and Machine 220 (1) History of Modern Philosophy from 249(1) 1 the Renaissance to Kant 1 philosophical examination of some central An examination of various philosophical at- 1 A interface between medicine tempts to answer contemporary versions of A study of the development of modern philo- problems at the about the nature of human nature, knowledge, man, and ethics. Exploration of the social and ethi- questions sophical approaches to talented current advances in bio- for example: Is man more than a very nature, and society. The course will begin cal implications of and technology. Topics animal? Is he more than a very complex ma- with a brief consideration of Thomas Aquinas medical research psycho-surgery, gen- chine? Is the mind a different kind of entity as representative of the approach to which the discussed will include genetic screening, amniocen- from the body? moderns contrasted themselves, and it will der-surgery, Prerequisite: same as for 326. assume previous study of Descartes, Hume, tesis, euthanasia. 203. and Kant. This background will then be used Prerequisite: same as for Mrs. Stadler in studying the development of modern think- Mr. Menkiti ing through Machiavelli, Galileo, Bacon, 328 (2) Seminar. Wittgenstein Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley, 1 Hobbes, Spinoza, 302 (2) Introduction to African Philosophy will be on close Intensive study in the philosophy of Wittgen- and Rousseau. Emphasis 1 major consideration of his position reading and discussion of selected For description and prerequisite see Black stein with some century philosophy. texts, but attention will also be given to the Studies 302. in the evolution of 20th cultural and political context of the philoso- Prerequisite: same as for 326. phers studied. Not open to students who have 326 (2) Philosophy of Law Ms. Congleton or taken [207] [208]. 1 Prerequisite: 200 or other previous study of consideration of fundamental A systematic 333 (2) Phenomenology and Existentialism Descartes, Hume, and Kant accepted by the and practice of law. issues in the conception 1 instructor as equivalent. as the Such recurrent themes in legal theory Central themes in contemporary European law Ms. Congleton nature and function of law, the relation of philosophy with emphasis on the contribu- legal rea- to morality, the function of rules in tions of Heidegger, Sartre, and Merleau- the connection between law and 221 (2) History of Modern Philosophy from soning, and Ponti. Clarification of such no- Kant to the Early Twentieth Century social philosophy. Open to juniors and seniors who have taken obligation, power, contract, liability, 1 tions as 200, or by permission of the instructor. cover the na- A continuation of Philosophy 220 through the and sovereignty. Readings will tradition of legal Mrs. Stadler study of Hegel, Schopenhauer, Kierkegaard, tural law tradition and the contemporary Bentham, Mill, Marx, Nietzsche, and Russell. positivism, as well as such Prerequisite: 220. writers as Hart and Fuller. Open to qualified juniors and seniors, or by Ms. Congleton permission of the instructor.

Mr. Menkiti Directions for Election PHILOSOPHY 141

338 (1) Seminar In Political Ptiilosophy Philosophy majors are expected to elect 1 courses in at least two of the following fields: Topic for 1974-75: Justice— competing con- (1) logic or the philosophy of science (2) his- temporary conceptions. tory of philosophy, ancient or modern (3) val- Open to a limited number of qualified juniors ue theory, i.e., moral or political philosophy, and seniors by permission of the instructor. orthe philosophy of art. Students planning graduate work in philosophy are strongly ad- Mr. Shue vised to elect courses in all three fields, and, in particular, in logic. 350 (1) (2) Research or Individual Study 1 or 2 In addition, students majoring in philosophy Open to juniors and seniors by permission. should develop a special competence either in the work of one major philosopher or in one 370(1-2) Honors Program problem of contemporary concern. Such com- 2 to 4 petence may be demonstrated by passing a

Required of all honors candidates in the course on the Grade III level with an honors department. grade, by 350 work, or by submitting a sub- stantial paper. Special arrangements can be made for students with strong interdepart- mental interests.

A knowledge of Greek, French, or German is desirable. Students planning graduate work in philosophy should acquire a reading knowl- edge of two of these languages.

The department offers the following options for earning honors in the major field: (1) writ- ing a thesis or a set of related essays (2) a two-semester project which replaces the the- sis with some of the activities of a teaching assistant (3) a program designed particularly for students who have a general competence and who wish to improve their grasp of their major field by independent study in various sectors of the field. A student electing option (2) will decide, in consultation with the de- partment, in which course she will eventually assist and, in the term preceding her teach- ing, will meet with the instructor to discuss materials pertinent to the course. Option (3) involves selecting at least two related areas and one special topic for independent study. When the student is ready, she will take writ- ten examinations in her two areas and, at the end of the second term, an oral examination focusing on her special topic.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 144 PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Associate Professor: 121 (1-2) Physical Education Activities (1) Vaughan (Chairman) The instructional program in physical educa- Scheduled throughout the first semester tion is divided into four seasons, two each Assistant Professor: semester. To complete the College work in Credit Cochran, Trexler, Burling, Batchelder physical education a student must earn 8 points credit points before the end of the junior year. Elementary Instructor; These credit points do not count as academic modern dance 2 Holland, Wiencke, Brown, Tendy, Earle, units toward the degree, but are required for Allen3, LaPeer3, NewcombS, Rowbatham graduation. Most activities give 1 credit point Elementary each season, but certain activities give 2 or swimming 2 more credit points as noted below. Each ac- Experienced tivity is divided into classes to provide in- dance 2 struction in homogeneous groups. Complete descriptions of courses are sent to entering First aid 3 students. Special fees are charged for a few Life saving and courses and are listed in the course descrip- aquatic safety 3 tions. The total program of activities offered Self-defense in 1974-75 follows. 2 Water safety 235 (2) Contemporary Approaches to Dance instructor and Composition: Practice and Theory aquatic leadership 1 For description and prerequisite see Extra- departmental 235. PHYSICAL EDUCATION 145

Season 1 . Scheduled In first half of first (2) Season 3. Scheduled in first half of second semester Scheduled throughout second semester semester

Afro-American dance, Each activity 1 Badminton, ballet I, Each activity 1 archery, canoeing, Dance seminar 4 dance conditioning, crew, diving, golf, Elementary diving, fencing, gym- gymnastics, hiking nastics, independent modern dance 2 and backpacking, programs, individual horseback riding, Elementary exercise activities, independent pro- swimming 2 skiing, squash, swim- grams, individual First aid 3 ming, trampoline, exercise activities, volleyball swimming, tennis, Human performance Mask-fln-snorkel, Each activity 2 volleyball (psychological per- spective) 4 ski Instructor Mask-fin-snorkel, Each activity 2 sailing Intermediate Season 4. Scheduled in second half of gymnastics 2 second semester Season 2. Scheduled in second half of first Intermediate yoga 2 Archery, ballet II, Each activity 1 semester canoeing, crew, Life saving and Badminton, diving, Each activity 1 gymnastics, hiking fencing, gymnastics, aquatic safety 3 and backpacking, horseback riding, Self-defense 2 horseback riding, ndependent pro- Independent pro- Water safety grams, individual grams, individual instructor and exercise activities, exercise activities, aquatic leadership 4 squash, swimming, jazz dance, swim- trampoline, volley- ming, tennis, volley- ball, yoga ball, water safety instructor review Human performance (physiological per- Sailing, scuba Each activity 2 spective) Seminar. Sport In Scuba society 2

Seminar. Sport in Reading period. society Open water diving 1 146 PHYSICAL EDUCATION Directions for Election

Each student is expected to complete a mini- mum of two seasons a year until Physical Education 121 Is completed. A student may elect a course which Is scheduled throughout a semester, two courses concurrently, or may choose not to elect a course during some seasons.

Students should select courses which meet their present and projected interests in physi-

cal activities. It is hoped that students will gain knowledge of the relation of physical activity to the maintenance of general well- being; that they will achieve a level of ability, understanding, and participation in sports, dance, and/or exercise so that they may ex- perience satisfaction and enjoyment; and that they will be able to swim with sufficient skill to participate safely in recreational swimming and boating.

A student's choice of activity is subject to the approval of the department and the College Health Services. Upon recommendation of a College physician and permission of the de- partment a student may enroll in a modified program.

Students may continue to enroll in physical education after Physical Education 121 is completed. Members of the faculty may elect activities with the permission of the depart- ment. PHYSICS .

148 PHYSICS

Professor: 101 (2) Physics in Perspective 105(1) Introductory Physics Guernsey3 (Chairman), Fleming 1 1 Qualitative discussion of the evolution of Elementary mechanics; introduction to wave Associate Professor: physics from classical to modern concepts phenomena. Not open to students who have Brown with emphasis on 20th century physics. Each taken [103]. student will write a final paper applying physi- Open to students who offer physics for ad- Assistant Professor: cal principles to a particular field of interest. mission and who are not eligible forllO. von Foerster Laboratory in alternate weeks. Not to be Mr. von Foerster counted toward the minimum major. Instructor: Open to all students. 106 (2) Fundamental Physics Mitcfiel|3 Miss Fleming 1 Electricity and magnetism; wave phenomena Laboratory Instructor: 102 (2) Physics of Perception and and optics. Biological examples. Two periods MitcheliS, Benson Aesthetics weekly with a third period every other week. 1 Prerequisite: [100] or [103] or 104 or 105 and Unless otherwise noted all courses meet for Qualitative discussion of some of the physi- Mathematics 108 or 110, or open by permis- two periods of lecture and discussion weekly cal problems arising in psychology, art, and sion to juniors and seniors who offer physics and all Grade I and Grade II courses have one music. Each student will write a final paper for admission. three-hour laboratory appointment weekly. applying physical principles particular to a Ms. Brown field of interest. Laboratory in alternate weeks. Not to be counted toward the mini- 110(1) Advanced General Physics mum major. 1 Open to all students. Mechanics, wave motion, optics. Two periods Mr. von Foerster weekly with a third period every other week. Open to students who have completed Mathe-

104 (1) Basic Concepts in Physics matics 1 1 1 , or to students who offer physics 1 for ad mission and are taking Mathematics 108 Forces, fields, conservation laws, waves, or 111. duality of nature. Two periods weekly with a Mrs. Guernsey third period every other week. Three and one- half hour laboratory appointments in alternate 200 (2)* Modern Physics weeks. Not open to students who have taken 1 [100]. Basic principles of relativity and quantum Open to all students who do not offer physics theory, and of atomic and nuclear structure. for admission and by permission of the in- Prerequisite: 106 or 110. Prerequisite or co- structor to juniors and seniors who offer requisite: Mathematics 111 physics for admission. Mr. Mitchell Miss Fleming . . .

PHYSICS 149

201 (2) Electricity 249(2)* Selected Topics 321 (1) Quantum Mechanics 1 1 1 Fundamental laws of electric and magnetic Normally a different topic each year. Interpretative postulates of quantum mechan- fields; electric circuits; electricand magnetic Prerequisite; same as for 201 ics; solutions to the Schroedinger equation; properties of matter. Laboratory includes operator theory; perturbation theory; scatter- Not offered in 1974-75. practice in the use of ttie oscilloscope and ing; matrices. ottier measuring instruments. Prerequisite; 217 or Mathematics 210. 305 (2)* Thermodynamics Prerequisite: 106 orllO, and Mathematics In addition, one unit of Grade II physics, or 1 111. permission of the instructor. 306 is recom- The laws of thermodynamics; kinetic theory mended. Miss Fleming of gases; statistical mechanics. Prerequisite; 106 or 110, and 217 or Mathe- Ms. Brown 202(1) Optical Physics matics 208. 1 Ms. Brown 349 (2) Selected Topics Wave theory as applied to optical phenomena. 1 Interference, diffraction, birefringence, polar- Normally a different topic each year. 306 (1) Mechanics ization, dispersion. Introduction to modern Prerequisite; 321 or permission of the 1 optics including lasers and holography. instructor. A vector analytical presentation of Newtonian Prerequisite; same as for 201 mechanics. Two periods weekly with a third Not offered in 1974-75. Ms. Brown period every other week. Prerequisite; 201 or 202 or permission of the 350 (1) (2) Research or Individual Study 206 (1)* Electronics instructor. 1 or2 1 Miss Fleming Open by permission to juniors and seniors. Fundamental principles of electron tubes and transistors; application to power supplies, 370 (1-2) Honors Program 309 (1) (2)* Advanced Experimental Physics amplifiers, oscillators, modulators. Intro- 2 to 4 1 duction to nonlinear electronic circuits. Required of ail honors candidates in the Fundamental experiments selected from dif- Prerequisite; 201 department. ferent areas of physics. Two laboratory ap- Not offered in 1974-75. pointments per week. Open by permission. 216 (2) Applications of Mathematics to the The Staff Physical Sciences I 1 314(2) Electromagnetic Theory For description and prerequisite see Extra- 1 departmental 216. Maxwell's equations; electromagnetic waves and radiation; physical optics. 217 (1) Applications of Mathematics to the Prerequisite; 201 and 306, and 21 7 or Mathe- Physical Sciences II matics 208. 1 For description and prerequisite see Extra- Mr. Mitchell departmental 217.

Not offered in 1974-75. 150 PHYSICS Directions for Election Exemption Examination

A major in physics should ordinarily include An examination for exemption from Physics

201 , 202, 306, 31 4 and 321 ; Extradepartmental 110 is offered to students who present one 217 or Mathematics 208 is an additional re- admission unit in physics. Students who pass

quirement. One unit of another laboratory sci- this examination will be eligible for Grade II ence is recommended. work in physics. No unit of credit will be given for passing this examination. A reading knowledge of two of the following languages is desirable for students planning to attend graduate school: French, German, Russian.

Premedical students are referred to the re- quirements given on p. 48. POLITICAL SCIENCE .

152 POLITICAL SCIENCE Comparative Politics

Professor: 100 (1) (2) Political Science and Modern 201(1) The Variety of Regimes Stratton, Evans Politics 1 1 A comparison of various types of regimes, Associate Professor: Introduction to tfie study of politics. The including both historical and contemporary Miller, Scfiecfiter (Chairman), Stettner course will focus on the role of values in po- examples. Discussion of the goals of each litical systems, the nature of political con- regime, its theoretical basis or ideology, Assistant Professor: flict, the organization and operation of execu- method of leadership selection, and the for- Just, Baras tive, legislative, and judicial institutions. mal and informal machinery of government. During the first half of the semester there will Case studies will draw on the experience of Instructor: be one lecture each week by different mem- Greek city-states, parliamentary democra- Smookler bers of the department, followed by small cies, and selected communist and fascist discussion sections which will explore the states. The class will evaluate several at- Visiting Professor: content of the lecture and questions raised by tempts, both ancient and modern, to con-

Ivlax-NeefS the lecturer. In 1 974-75 the introductory lec- struct a comprehensive theory of comparative tures will be integrated around the common politics. theme of the American political experience. Prerequisite: one unit in political science, or The second half of the course will be conduct- two units in anthropology, economics, his- ed in small seminars, each exploring a par- tory, psychology, or permission of the in- ticular problem; students will choose the structor. seminar they wish to take. In 1973-74 seminar Mr. Baras topics were: comparison of the U.S. President and the British Prime Ivlinister; the law and 204 (1 ) Comparative Politics of the politics of civil rights; neighborhood politics; Developing Areas elite-mass power relations in Latin American 1 societies; law and the environment; Plato's Study of selected aspects of African, Asian, Republic. Topics for 1 974-75: To be an- and Latin American political systems, with nounced. emphasis upon use and evaluation of analyti- Open to all students. cal concepts in recent literature; political The Staff change, national integration, and legitimiza- tion among problems considered. Prerequisite: same as for 201 Mr. Max-Neef .. ..

POLITICAL SCIENCE 153

205 (1) Politics of Western Europe 300 (2) Politics of East Asia 305 (1) Barnette Miller Seminar 1 1 1 An exploration of the political, economic, and National and international politics in Asia, Topic for 1974-75: Detente— prospects and social challenges confronting European in- with special reference to China. Japan, India, limitations. The seminars will be conducted dustrial democracies in an era of rapid tech- and the Soviet Union will provide points of by six visiting professors, each of whom will nological change. Emphasis on the politics contrast and comparison. The People's Re- be at Wellesley for two weel^s under the aus- and societies of Britain, France, Germany, public of China will be considered as an ex- pices of the Barnette Miller Fund. Each visitor and Italy, with additional examples drawn periment in the implementation of a radical will conduct two successive seminar meet- from the experience of the Benelux and Scan- political ideology as well as a response to the ings, focusing on selected issues in contem- dinavian countries. The evolution of parties, challenge of economic development. porary international relations. The course will interest groups, parliaments, and bureaucra- Prerequisite: same as for 201 deal with such topics as the role of the super- cies will be considered in the contexts of both Mr. Baras powers, the significance of alliances, the domestic politics and regional integration. importance of China and the developing na- Prerequisite: same as for 201 tions, the possibility of arms control, 301 (2) Politicsof the Soviet Union and and the Mrs. Just Eastern Europe objectives of diplomacy in the age of "com- petitive 1 coexistence." Readings and written 207 (1) Politics of Latin assignments will be coordinated by a member America Study of politics and government in the So- 1 of the political science faculty, who will also viet Union and East European satellites; the Study participate in the seminar. of politics in selected Latin American interrelationship of ideology and power, lead- states including Argentina, Open to juniors and seniors by permission of Brazil, Chile, and ership, political institutions, and policy for- (Mexico, treating dynamics of power develop- mation. the instructor. reform ment, and revolution, foreign policy, Prerequisite: same as for 201 Mr. Baras and factors underlying policy formation. Mr. Baras Prerequisite: same as for 201 ; by permission to qualified students who have taken Spanish. 304 (2) Studies in Political Leadersfiip Mr. Max-Neef 1 A consideration of the theory and practice of 209 Politics of (2) Subsafiaran Africa executive leadership in selected industrial 1 and modernizing societies. The interaction of An examination of the problems of decoloni- psychology and politics will be emphasized in zation, national integration, and mobilization exploring both conceptual approaches and in selected African states, including Ghana, case studies. Individual research and student Nigeria, Ivory Coast, Tanzania, and Zaire. reports. Prerequisite: same as for 201 Open to students who have tal

154 POLITICAL SCIENCE American Politics

210 (1) (2) American Political Parties and Interest Groups 1 Analysis of the role of extragovern mental political organizations in the American politi- cal process. Organization, operation, and evaluation of political parties and interest groups; recruitment of leaders; elections and behavior of the electorate; influences on pub- lic policy formation. Prerequisite: same as for 201 Mrs. Just

in the Federal 211 (1 ) (2) Policy-Making Government

1 Study of the behavior of the President and his immediate advisors, bureaucrats, the judi- ciary, and members of Congress and their staffs as revealed in representative case stud- ies of domestic and foreign policy-making. Among cases considered have been Truman's decision to resist the North Korean invasion of South Korea, the Cuban missile crisis, the steel seizure of 1952, authorization and opera- tion of the Council of Economic Advisors, and the supersonic transport controversy. Prerequisite: same as for 201 Mr. Stratton

212(1) Urban Politics

1 An introduction to contemporary urban politi- cal problems. Analysis and evaluation of the formation, implementation, and impact of selected urban policies such as housing, edu- cation, police and courts, welfare, and trans- portation. Consideration of trends in national urban policy, intergovernmental relations, and patterns of political involvement and con flict. Opportunities for group and individual field work in the metropolitan Boston area. Prerequisite; same as for 201 Ms. Smookler .

International Relations POLITICAL SCIENCE 155

310 (2) Political Decision-Making in the 221 (1)(2) World Politics 323 (2) Seminar United States 1 1 1 An introduction to the international system Topic for 1974-75: Games nations play. Exam- Analysis of the policy-making process based with emphasis on contemporary theory and ination of the emerging structure of the pres- on simulation of decision-making in execu- practice. Analysis of the bases of power and ent international system. The seminar will tive, legislative, and/or judicial units at differ- influence, the policy perspectives of principal consider the importance of images and other ent levels of government in thie United States. states, and the modes of accommodation and psychological phenomena in the conception Four or five nationally impo''tant questions conflict resolution. and execution of foreign policies and will considered witti all class members playing Prerequisite: same as for 201 compare traditional and modern uses of dip- roles as advocates, witnesses, decision- lomatic, military instruments Miss Miller economic, and makers, or analysts; evaluation of role-play- of policy. Special attention will be paid to ing and extent to whicti relevant considera- novel uses of classical instruments, such as 222 (2) Comparative Foreign Policies tions are taken into account in reacfiing personal or summit diplomacy, embargoes on 1 decisions. natural resources like oil, and threats of force An examination of factors influencing the Prerequisite: one Grade II unit in American to signal ambiguous intentions. formulation and execution of national foreign politics or permission of the instructor. Open to juniors and seniors who have taken policies in the contemporary international permission of the instructor. 221 , or by Mr. Schechter system. Comparisons and contrasts between "advanced" and "developing" countries will Miss Miller 311 (1) Seminar be stressed, especially the varying signifi- .1 cance of domestic sources of foreign policy in Normally a different topic each year. western and nonwestern settings. Prerequisite: same as for 305. Prerequisite: one unit in international rela- tions or comparative politics. Not offered in 1974-75. Not offered in 1974-75. 312 (2) Seminar 1 321 (1) The United States in World Politics Topic for 1974-75: National urban growth 1 policy and new community development. The An examination of American foreign policy seminar will focus on evaluating the role and since 1945. Readings will include general potential of new community development in critiques and case studies designed to illumi- U.S. national growth policy. Comparison of nate both the processes of policy formulation privately financed and federally guaranteed and the substance of policies pursued. Indi- new communities will be made in terms of vidual research and student reports. land use, technological, political, and social Prerequisite: one unit in international rela- policy effectiveness. The politics and admin- tions or permission of the instructor. istration of the Federal New Communities Miss Miller Program will be evaluated in terms of its pol- icy goals. The role of state and local agencies in the new community program and national urban growth policy will also be studied. Stu- dents will prepare a paper in one of the above policy areas. Prerequisite: same as for 305. Ms. Smookler .

156 POLITICAL SCIENCE Legal Studies

330 (1 ) (2) Law and the Administration of 332 (2) The Supreme Court in American Justice Politics 1 1 An introduction to the nature and functions of Analysis of major developments in constitu- law; tfie adversary system; methods of legal tional interpretation, the conflict over judicial development based upon an analysis of se- activism, and current problems facing the lected problems in contract, tort, and criminal Supreme Court. Emphasis will be placed on law; comparison of common law and civil law judicial review, the powers of the president systems; relation of law and politics. and of congress, federal-state relations, and

Open to students who have taken one Grade II individual rights and liberties. Each student unit in Group B, and by permission of the will take part in a moot court argument of a instructor to sophomores. Recommended for major constitutional issue. students who are planning to take 331 or 332. Prerequisite; same as for 201 Miss Evans Mr. Schechter

331 (2) The International Legal Process 333 (1) Seminar 1 1

Functions of law and legal institutions in the Topic for 1 974-75: Law and social change- international political system, considering emerging constitutional rights of women, such matters as protection of individual racial minorities, and the poor. Analysis of rights; international criminal responsibility; contemporary legal, political, and adminis- domestic remedies against international trative issues. Focus on the equal protection wrongs; controls of uses of sea and aero- clause of the Fourteenth Amendment, the space; settlement of disputes; methods of proposed Equal Rights Amendment, and improving compliance with international law. statutes such as Title VII of the 1964 Civil Selected current legal issues treated in moot Rights Act. The seminar will examine the role court practice. of interest groups, political leaders, bureau- Open to students who have taken 330 or two crats, and judges in conflicts such as employ- units in international relations, or by permis- ment discrimination, affirmative action pro- sion to other qualified students. grams, school segregation, housing for the Miss Evans poor and racial minorities, welfare rights. Prerequisite; one unit of legal studies or permission of the instructor. Mr. Schechter .

Political Theory and Methods POLITICAL SCIENCE 157

240 (1)* Classical and Medieval Political 249 (2) Research Methods in Political 341 (2) Issues and Concepts in Political Theory Behavior Theory

1 1 1 Study of selected classical, medieval, and Discussion of the literature of political be- Study of such political concepts as freedom, early modern writers such as Plato, Aristotle, havior, including public opinion, psychology justice, equality, democracy, power, revolu- Cicero, St. Augustine, St. Thomas Aquinas, of voting, and legislative decision-making in tion, civil disobedience, and political obliga- Machiavelli, Luther, Calvin, and Hooker. the United States and other countries. Class- tion. Discussion of related issues, including Views on such questions as nature of political room exercises will stress understanding of implications for political systems of adopting man; interpretations of such concepts as free- concepts underlying empirical analysis. Stu- these concepts and problems which result dom, justice, and equality; legitimate powers dents will be introduced to the computer as a when these values conflict with one another. of government; best political institutions. research tool and will undertake some original Emphasis on contemporary political prob- Some attention to historical context and to research as part of their course work. No pre- lems and sources. importance for modern political analysis. vious knowledge of mathematics, statistics, Prerequisite: same as for 340. Prerequisite: one unit in political science or or computers is required. Not offered in 1974-75. two units in economics, history, philosophy, Prerequisite: same as for 201 psychology, or sociology. Mr. Stettner Mrs. Just Not offered in 1974-75. 349 (2) Seminar 340 (1)* American Political Thought 1 241 (2) Modern and Contemporary Political 1 Topic for 1974-75: Utopian political thought. Theory Examination of American political writing, Examination of selected classical and con- i with emphasis given to the Constitutional temporary Utopian writers, including Cam- Study of political theory from the 1 7th century period, Progressive Era, and to contemporary panella, More, Butler, Fourier, Huxley, Or- to the present. Among the theorists studied sources. Questions raised include; origins of well, and Skinner. The seminar will consider are Hobbes, Locke, Hume, Rousseau, Burke, American institutions, including rationale for the values, ideals, concepts of social organi- Mill, Hegel, Marx, and Nietzsche. Views on federalism and separation of powers, role of zation, etc. in each Utopia, and will attempt to such questions as the nature of political man; president and congress, judicial review, etc.; come to overall conclusions about this form interpretations of such concepts as freedom, American interpretations of democracy, of political thought. justice, and equality; legitimate powers of equality, freedom and justice; legitimate Prerequisite: same as for 305. government; best political institutions. Some powers of central and local governments. attention to historical context and to impor- Attention paid to historical context and to Mr. Stettner tance for modern political analysis. importance for modern political analysis.

Prerequisite; same as for 240. Prerequisite: one Grade II unit in political science, economics, history, philosophy, Mr. Stettner psychology, or sociology, or permission of the instructor.

Mr. Stettner 158 POLITICAL SCIENCE Directions for Election

A major in political science may be broad in 350 (1) (2) Research or Individual Study scope, or it may have a special focus, e.g., 1 or2 problems, environmen- Individual or group research of an exploratory metropolitan regional studies, international poli- or specialized nature. Students interested in tal politics, area independent research should request the as- tics, legal problems of minorities, political Science 100, which provides sistance of a faculty sponsor, and plan the ethics. Political the discipline of political project, readings, conferences, and method an introduction to strongly recommended for stu- of examination with the faculty sponsor. science, is The department of- Open by permission to juniors and seniors. dents planning to major. fers courses, seminars, and research or inde- fields; American govern- 370 (1-2) Honors Program pendent study in five government, international 2 to 4 ment, comparative legal studies, political theory and Required of all honors candidates in the relations, department. methods. Of the eight units comprising a minimum major, two units must be taken in of these five fields. At least 380 (1) Mini Courses each of three distribution units must be V2 three of these six science at Intensive six-week study of a specialized top- taken in the department of political Units taken at another institution ic. One unit of credit will be given for two mini Wellesley. must be courses. in order to fulfill the field requirement department. Study of two topics in the course of the se- approved by the each. In 1973-74 mester, six weeks devoted to Graduate work in political science leading to wars the topics were; How wars begin; How the Ph.D. usually requires a reading knowl- bureau- end; Nixon versus Congress; How edge of two foreign languages and, for many 1 974-75: Im- crats play games. Topics for specialties, a knowledge of statistical tech- of Con- peachment of the President; Reform niques or an introduction to the calculus. gress. Students participating in the Wellesley Wash- Open to juniors and seniors by permission of ington Summer Internship Program or the the instructor. Wellesley Urban Politics Summer Internship Mr. Stratton Program may arrange with the respective di- rectors to earn credit for independent study. PSYCHOLOGY .. ..

160 PSYCHOLOGY

Professor: 101 (1)(2) Introduction to Psychology 207R (1) (2) Research Methods in Child Zimmerman 1 Development Study of selected research problems from 1 Associate Professor: areas such as personality development, learn- An introduction to research methods appro- Diclotein (Chairman), Furumoto, Bruder3 ing, and cognition to demonstrate ways in priate to the study of child psychology. Indi- which psychologists study behavior. vidual and group projects. Laboratory. Each Assistant Professor: Open to all students. section typically limited to ten students. Not Schiavo*, Naus», Clinchy, Banik, open to students have taken or are taking Miss Zimmerman, Mr. Moore, Mr. Fernald, who Finison, t^oore, t^oore^, Wolf Mr. Hassett 210R,or212R. Prerequisite: 201 and 207. Instructor: 201 Statistics Mr. Banik, Mrs. Clinchy Branch], Mokros, Rierdan, Hassett3 (1)(2) 1 The application of statistical techniques to 210 (1) (2) Social Psychology Lecturer: the analysis of psychological data. Major 1 Stiver3, Fernald3 emphasis on the use of statistics as a tool for The individual's behavior as it is influenced by the evaluation of published research and for other people and the social situation. Study Researcti Assistant: use in the student's own research in more of social influence, interpersonal perception, Eister advanced courses. Laboratory. Three periods social evaluation, and various forms of social of combined lecture-laboratory and one addi- interaction. Three periods of lecture, discus- Teaching Assistant: Sams tional laboratory period. sion, and demonstration. Prerequisite: 101 Prerequisite: 101

Mr. Finison, Ms. Wolf Mr. Finison, Ms. Branch

207 (1) (2) Child Development 210R (2) Research Methods in Social 1 Psychology A survey of child behavior and psychological 1 development from birth through adolescence, An introduction to research methods appro- with emphasis on infancy and early child- priate to the study of social psychology. Indi- hood. Theory and research pertaining to per- vidual and group projects on selected topics. sonality, social and cognitive development Laboratory. Each section typically limited to are examined. Two periods of lecture and one ten students. Not open to students who have of discussion or observation of children. taken or are taking 207R, or 21 2R. Prerequisite: 101 Prerequisite: 201 and 210. Mr. Banik, Ms. Mokros Ms. Branch

212(1) (2) Personality 1 Selected theories of personality as applied to the normal individual. Some emphasis on relation of theories to selected topics and/or case studies. Prerequisite: 101

Ms. Rierdan, Ms. Moore, Mr. Hassett .. .

PSYCHOLOGY 161

212R (1) (2) Research Methods in 219 (1) Learning 301 (1) Seminar Personality 1 1

1 Basic problems and research findings at the Topic for 1 974-75: The role of sex-typing in An introduction to research methods appro- human and animal levels. Among topics stud- childhood socialization. The development of priate to the study of personality. Individual ied; schedules and parameters of reinforce- sex-role behaviors, standards, and identifica- and group projects. Laboratory. Each section ment, discrimination, generalization, con- tions will be considered, with emphasis upon typically limited to ten students. Not open to ditioned reinforcement, and behavior corre- the processes through which sex-typed be- students who have taken or are taking 207R, lated with negative reinforcement. haviors are socialized. or210R. Prerequisite; 101 Open by permission of the instructor to jun- Prerequisite: 201 and 21 2. iors and seniors have taken 101 and two Ms. Furumoto who Grade II units, including 207. Mr. Dickstein, Mr. Moore 220R (2) Research Methods in Experimental Ms. Mokros 216 (2)* Psycholinguistics Psychology 1 1 303 (1) (2) The Psychological Implications Consideration of psychological theories of An introduction to research methods em- of Being Female language, including such topics as an intro- ployed in experimental psychology including 1 duction to linguistics, language acquisition, the fields of learning, perception, and cogni- Consideration of some of the changing pat- speech perception, meaning, and the relation tion. Group and individual projects. Oppor- terns in the behavior of women, including between language and thought. tunity for student selection of an appropriate literature in the area of sex differences. Some Prerequisite; 101 independent project. Laboratory. of the following topics will be examined: the- 101 and oretical Ms. Wolf Prerequisite; 201 (201 may be taken formulations of the psychology of concurrently or waived by permission of the women, case studies; results of research on instructors); and 21 6 or 21 7 or 21 8 or 21 9. sex differences in humans and animals; so- 217(1) (2) Cognitive Processes cial determinants of sex-stereotyped be- 1 Ms. Furumoto, Ms. Wolf havior. Study of the psychology of thinking with ma- Open to juniors and seniors who have taken jor emphasis on experimental studies. Topics 300 (1) (2) Seminar 101 and two Grade II units. will include selected issues in reasoning, 1 problem solving, concept attainment, mem- Topic tor 1974-75: Study of the Keller Plan Ms. Furumoto, Ms. Moore ory and creative thinking. Three periods of method of learning and teaching, which per- lecture, discussion and demonstration. mits a student to move through course mater- 306(2) Behavior Change Prerequisite: 101 ial at her own pace. Seminar members con- 1 Mrs. Bruder struct materials for the Keller Plan portion of Examination of theories of psychotherapy and

101 , act as Keller advisors to 101 students for behavior change. The course will be focused five weeks, and later evaluate the Keller Plan on an analysis of the assumptions and prac- 218 (2)* Perception work. Advantages and disadvantages of Keller tice of psychodynamic, client-centered, Ges- 1 Plan learning; some comparison of Keller talt, behavioral, and encounter therapies. Experimental and theoretical approaches to Plan and other innovative teaching programs Attention will also be given to "radical thera- selected topics in perception including visual in colleges. pies" and the work of R. D. Laing. Students space, form, and motion: speech perception; Open by permission of the instructor. will participate in a self or other perceptual learning and development; and the change project. Not open to students who have taken role of personality variables in perception. Miss Zimmerman 349 in 1974. Prerequisite: 101 Open to juniors and seniors who have taken in Not offered 1974-75. 101 and two Grade II units including 212. Mr. Moore 162 PSYCHOLOGY

307 (2) Adolescence 311(1) Seminar. Social Psychology 313 (2) Seminar 1 1 1

Theory and research concerning adolescent Topic for 1 974-75: Social psychology of dy- Topic for 1974-75: Culture and development. personality and behavior development. Some adic interaction. An examination of theory The investigation of the influence of culture examination of pathological as well as normal and research on topics relating to interaction and society on cognitive and personality de- development. in two-person groups. Central focus of the velopment. Topics will include the effects of Open to juniors and seniors vjUo have taken course will be the examination of mecha- environmental deprivation on intellectual and

101 and two Grade II units including 207 or nisms which enhance or retard the develop- emotional development, experimental studies 212. ment of intimacy. attempting to validate Freudian and Piagetian Open by permission of the instructor to ju- theories in nonwestern cultures, and the spe- Not offered in 1974-75. niors and seniors who have taken 101 and two cial problems in the development of lower

Grade II units, including 210. class, Black children in a white, middle class 309 (1) (2) Abnormal Psychology society. 1 Ms. Branch Open by permission of the instructor to ju- Consideration of major theories of neurosis niors and seniors who have taken 101 and two and psychosis. Illustrative case materials. 312 (2) Seminar Grade II units including 207. Selected issues in prevention and treatment 1 of emotional problems. Topic for 1974-75: The acquisition of schizo- Mr. Banik Prerequisite: same as for 307. phrenic behavior. A definition of "schizo- phrenia" will be attempted through considera- 317 (1) Seminar. Cognitive Development Mrs. Stiver, Ms. Rierdan tion of theoretical models, case studies, and and Education autobiographical reports. Different approach- 1 310 (1) Group Dynamics es to explaining the acquisition of schizo- Examination of major changes in thinking 1 phrenia, as well as strategies for the change from early childhood through college years. Topics to be considered include leadership, of schizophrenic will Emphasis will be upon Piaget's cognitive- influence, group norms, decision-making, behavior, be considered. Open by permission of the instructor to ju- developmental model of growth and its impli- and intergroup relations. Focus on the inter- niors and seniors who have taken 101 and two cations for education. Topics will include the action between individual behavior and group Grade II units including 212. Psychology 207 role of language in the formation of concepts, phenomena. The course includes participa- is recommended. "play" in relation to the development of intel- tion in an unstructured group. ligence, and ethical development in adoles- Open by permission of the instructor to ju- Ms. Rierdan cence. niors and seniors who have taken 101 and two Prerequisite: 101 and two Grade II units, Grade II units in psychology and/or sociology including 207 or 217. and anthropology. Mrs. Clinchy Not offered in 1974-75. . .

PSYCHOLOGY 163

318 (1) The Psychology of Language 328 (2) Seminar 349 (1) Theories of Child Development 1 1 1 Problems in the psychology of language, Normally a different topic each year. This course will examine and contrast the including theories of language and Its acqui- Prerequisite: same as for 301 major theoretical currents in the study of sition, speech perception, and the relation child development, their origins and implica- Not offered in 1974-75. between language and thought. tions. Piagetian theory, psychoanalytic the-

Open to students who have taken 1 01 and at ory, and social-learning theory will be com- 330 (1) Seminar least two Grade II units including either 21 6 or pared with respect to their empirical bases, 1 217, or by permission of the instructor. internal validity, and their adequacy as ex- Topic for 1974-75: Animal behavior. An intro- planations of behavior. While the primary Not offered in 1974-75. duction to comparative and ethological ap- concern of the course will be the theories in proaches to the study of behavior. Reproduc- general, those phenomena addressed by all 325 (2) History of Psychology tive behavior of ring doves, aggressive behav- three theories (namely, moral development 1 ior of Siamese fighting fish, and social behav- and the development of sex-identity) will also The history of selected topics, issues, and ior of baboons, chimpanzees, and other non- be discussed. systems in psychology with an emphasis on human primates will be among the topics Prerequisite: 101 and 207. tfie analysis of primary sources. The field of considered. Reading and discussion of se- psychology will be analyzed as a developing lected experimental and theoretical work will Mr. Banik science and as systems of ideas. The influ- be combined with field trips and laboratory ence of ideologies of race and sex differences observations. 350 (1) (2) Research or Individual Study on psychologists will be examined. There will Open by permission of the instructorto jun- 1 or 2 also be discussion of current issues in the iors and seniors who have taken 1 01 and two Open by permission to juniors and seniors. of historiography psychology. Grade II units, or 101 and Biology [105]. Open to juniors and seniors who have taken 370 (1-2) Honors Program Ms. Furumoto 101. 2 to 4 Required of all honors candidates in the Mr. Finison 335 Seminar (1) department. 1

327 (2) Seminar. Child Development Topic for 1 974-75: Memory and language. 1 Theories of human memory and language, Topic for 1974-75: Behavior problems of chil- current memory models, the development of dren. This seminar will deal with social and memory and language in the child, and, cognitive factors involved in the dynamics, through mnemonics, in the adult. development, maintenance, and treatment of Open by permission of the instructor to stu- children's behavior problems. dents who have taken 101 and at least two

Prerequisite: same as for 301 Grade II units, including 216, 217, or 218. (The Ms. Mokros prerequisite of 216, 217, or 218 may be waived by permission of the instructor.) Ms. Wolf 164 PSYCHOLOGY Directions for Election

A major in psychology must include 101 and 201; one of the following: 207, 210, 212; and one of the following: 216, 217, 218, 219.

The department offers four research courses: 207R, 210R, 212R, 220R. A major in psychol- ogy must include at least one of these. How- ever, no more than oneof 207R, 210R, 21 2R

may be elected. It is possible to elect 220R in addition to one of the other R courses.

The department recommends that 201 be

taken in the sophomore year after 1 01 and

after another Grade II unit or concurrently

with another Grade II unit. RELIGION AND BIBLICAL STUDIES 166 RELIGION AND BIBLICAL STUDIES

Professor: 104 (1) (2) The Hebrew Scriptures 108 (1) Asian Religions Denbeaux, Mowry 1 1 A study of tfie fiistorical, propfietic, wisdom, Introduction to selected religions of India, Associate Professor: and apocalyptic literature of tfie Old Testa- China, Japan, Southeast Asia, and Tibet. Johinson (Cfiairman) ment. An introduction to the metfiods of liter- Highlighting Hinduism and Buddhism. ary and historical criticism with a considera- Open to all students. on Assistant Professor: tion of the impact of the biblical tradition Ms. Nold Vanderpooi the individual and society. Open to all students. 109 (1-2) Classical Hebrew Instructor: Mr. Denbeaux, Mr. Vanderpooi, Mr. Savran 2 Weiss3, Moid, Savran3, Fisher3 The elements of biblical Hebrew grammar, 105(1) (2) The Person and Message of syntax, and vocabulary. Readings of selec- Lecturer: Jesus tions from the Hebrew Scriptures. Santmire*, Karefa-Smart3 1 Open to all students except those who have The life and message of Jesus of Nazareth, taken [203]. on recent historical critical research of based Mrs. Weiss, Mr. Savran the Gospel record. A consideration of the relation between historical knowledge about 150 (2) Colloquium Jesus and the faith of the early church in him 1 with particular attention to the synoptic For directions for applying see page 204. Gospels. Open by permission to a limited number of Open to all students. freshman and sophomore applicants. Miss Mowry (2) 107 (1) (2) Crises of Belief In Modern Religious attitudes to nature and ecology Religion Attention to representative religious beliefs 1 and practices towards nature. Traditional Religious antireligious thinkers from the and cultures— American Indian, ancient Chinese, to the present. An examina- Enlightenment Tibetan, East Indian, and American transcen- of the natural sciences, tion of the impact dentalists. Emphasis on contemporary coun- social theory, psychology, and historical ter-culture movements which actualize these traditional religion. Readings in method on principles. Hume, Darwin, Teilhard de Chardin, Marx, Reinhold Niebuhr, Freud, Tillich, and others. Ms. Nold Open to all students. Mr. Johnson RELIGION AND BIBLICAL STUDIES 167

204 (1) Christian Beginnings in the 209 (1-2) Advanced Hebrew 214 (2)* Modern Jewish Thought Hellenistic World 2 1 1 A brief review of Hebrew grammar. Readings Post-enlightenment Judaism from Mendel- A study of the emergence of the Christian in Hebrew literature. Including biblical, rab- sohn to Buber. Developments Including the movement with special emphasis upon those binic, and modern texts. Emancipation movements, Zionism, and experiences and convictions which deter- Prerequisite: 109 or [203] or the equivalent. modern orthodoxy to be studied with a view to mined its distinctive character. Intensive anal- their impact on contemporary Judaism. Of- Mrs. Weiss, Mr. Savran ysis of Paul's thought and the significance of fered In alternation with 213. his work in making the transition of Christian- Open to all students. 210 (1) (2) Psychology of Religion ity from a Jewish to a Gentile environment. 1 Mrs. Weiss Prerequisite: 105. An examination of psychological theories of Miss fi/lowry religion from Freud to the present. A critical 215 (1) Pilgrimage. The Search for Meaning inquiry into the relationship of psychological 1 206 (1) Israel's Literature and the Ancient processes and religious symbols. Readings In A study of various journeys, mostly autobio- Near East Freud, Jung, Fromm, Erikson, Maslow, Wil- graphical, as portrayed in Wiesel's Night, 1 liam James, and others. Hesse's Siddhartha, Koslnskl's The Painted The literature of biblical Israel viewed against Prerequisite: one unit in the department and Bird, Castenada's Journey to Ixtlan, Bellow's the background of the cultures of Canaan, one unit in psychology, ortwo units In either Henderson the Rain King, The Autobiography Egypt, and Mesopotamia as illumined by department. of Malcolm X. modern archaeology. Ancient Near Eastern all Mr. Johnson Open to students. mythological, cultic, and ritual texts to be Mr. Denbeaux read and compared with biblical texts. 213(2)* Classical Jewish Thought Prerequisite: 104 or permission of the 1 216(1) Classical Theology instructor. A study in historical perspective of the devel- 1 Mr. Savran opment of Judaism from the Hellenistic and The Interaction of the biblical world view with early Rabbinic period through the Middle classical culture and the consequent emer- 208 (1) Ethics Ages. The methods, ideas and ideals of Tal- gence of specifically Christian thought. The 1 mudic Judaism will be analyzed and dis- church fathers, the theology of the Creeds, A study of texts selected from the history of cussed, followed by careful study of the Augustine and medieval theology. western ethics. Focus on Christian sources in philosophical works of major medieval Jewish Open to all students. relation to their critics in classical and mod- thinkers, including Saadya Gaon, Judah Ha- Mr. Denbeaux ern periods. Levi and Moses Malmonldes. Offered In alter- Open to freshmen and sophomores who have nation with 214. taken one unit in the department, and to ju- Open to all students. niors and seniors without prerequisite. Not offered In 1974-75. Not offered in 1974-75. Mr. Johnson .

168 RELIGION AND BIBLICAL STUDIES

217 (2) Christianity from the Reformation to 220 (1) The Black Religious Experience in 253 (2) Buddhism the Twentieth Century America 1 1 1 From the birth of Buddhism to modern con- The Reformation and reshaping of Christian- For description and prerequisite see Black figurations. Emphasis upon early scriptures ity from the time of IVlartin Lutherto the mod- Studies 220. and Mahayana elaboration. Geographical ern period. Protestant, Catholic and sectarian development, acculturation, through histor- thlnl^ers and movements and their interaction 228 (2) Black Religion and Social Protest ical methods and primary source material anc with social change, with the rise of modern 1 Buddhist psychology. philosophy and with natural science. Analysis of the Black man's religion In the Prerequisite: same as for 251 Prerequisite: one unit In the department or context of American society and culture in- Ms. Nold permission of the Instructor. cluding its relation to the tradition of social protest. Consideration of the Influence of Mr. Vanderpool 256 (2) Primitive Religion such leaders as Frederick Douglass, W. E. B. 1 DuBois, Malcolm X, Martin Luther King, Jr. 218 (2) Religion in American Society A study of religious myths and rituals within Open to students who have taken one unit In 1 the context of the socioeconomic back- the department or in sociology and anthro- A study of religion in American society from grounds of selected North American Indian pology. the colonial beginnings to the present. The tribes. Some consideration of the variety of diverse origins, conflicts, and contributions Ms. Karefa-Smart methods by which this material can be of Protestant groups, Roman Catholicism, analyzed — examples from Shamanism. Judaism, sects and moral movements. Spe- 251 (1) Brahmanism and the Religions of Prerequisite: 108 or Anthropology 104 or cial attention to the way these movements India permission of the instructor. interacted with intellectual, political, and 1 Ms. Nold cultural developments. Focus on historical development of non- Prerequisite; one unit In the department or Buddhist, East Indian philosophies. Scrip- 305 (2) Seminar. History of Religions two units in American studies or permission tures of Vedas, Upanishads, Epic Literature, 1 of the instructor. and Vedanta. Topic for 1 975-76: The nature of transcen- Prerequisite: 1 08 or permission of the Mr. Vanderpool dence and immanence. Major focus on the instructor. degree of Intensity of "spirituality" as a cross- 219 (2) Modern European Theology: The Not offered In 1974-75. cultural constant. Some western examples: Existentialist Revolution Sufism, Zoroastrianism, Kabala, semi-Chris- Ms. Nold 1 tian Gnosticism. Some Oriental examples: Kierkegaard and the 1 9th century: the victory Taoism, Tantric Hinduism and Buddhism, 252 (1) Islam of paradox over rationalism, of existence- Shinto, and "spiritism" in certain tribal 1 thinking over speculative theology in the 20th societies. Inquiry into the meaning of Islam through a century. Open to students who have taken two of the of life of Open to all students. study Koran and Mohammed. His- following: 204, 213, 251 , 252, 253, 256, or by torical, geographical development. Early Near permission of the Instructor. Mr. Denbeaux Eastern pre-lslamic influences. Sufi Mystics. Prerequisite: 104 or 108 or permission of the Not offered in 1974-75. Instructor. Ms. Nold Ms. Nold RELIGION AND BIBLICAL STUDIES 169

306 The Prophet in (2) Biblical Israel 314 (1) Theology Seminar. The Creative 317 (2)* Seminar. Psychology of Religion 1 Power of Tradition in the Twentieth Century 1 \n investigation into the phenomenon of Topic for 1975-76; Despair and hope as reli- Drophecy in Israel and the place of the proph- Jewish and Christian recovery of a legacy gious phenomena. Readings primarily in psy- Jt in Israelite society followed by an intensive independent of cultural imperialism. choanalytic ego psychology and Catholic and study of the writings of a classical prophet. Prerequisite or corequislte: 204 or 215 or 216 Protestant theologies of hope. Normally ='rerequisite: 104 or1 09 or 206 or permission or217or218. offered in alternation with 316. Df the instructor. Prerequisite: Not offered in 1974-75. 210. Vlrs. Weiss Not offered in 1974-75. 316 (2)* Ethics Mr, Johnson i07 (2) Seminar. The New Testament 1 An intensive study of an ethical issue or a set 318 (1) Seminar. American Religion \ study of the Christian movement, its life of related issues with readings in relevant 1 ind problems, in the post-Pauline period with source materials. Normally offered in alterna- Selected in-depth special emphasis on the Gospel according to tion with 317. investigations of the role of religion in shaping national iohn and its interpretive insights for an un- Prerequisite: 208. self-understand- ing, internal lerstanding of the person and work of Jesus policy, and foreign relations. Not offered in 1974-75. ind of the Christian tradition. Critical analysis of specific periods and per- Prerequisite; 204, Mr. Johnson sonalities such as puritans and evangelical images of American destiny; policies toward Mss Mowry Indians, slaves, and other minorities; justifi- cation for civil and international wars. 111 (2) Theology and Its Expression in Prerequisite; 218 or permission of the .iterature instructor.

he relation of theology and imagination. A Mr. Vanderpool tudy of selected theological images and the /ays in which they have been reshaped by 350 (1) (2) Research or Individual Study uch interpreters as Dostoevsky, Faulkner, lor 2 i;afka, and Pasolini. Open to juniors and seniors by permission. |)pen to students who have taken one unit in -le department and a Grade II course in liter- 370 (1-2) Honors Program ture. 2 to 4 Required of all honors candidates in the 1r. Denbeaux department. 170 RELIGION AND BIBLICAL STUDIES Directions for Election

The total program of the major shall be pre- pared in consultation with the advisor so as to provide for an appropriate balance between specialization and diversity.

Specialization shall include a sequence of courses in at least one particular field of study. Diversity is fulfilled by electing some work within the department outside the field of specialization. Freshmen and sophomores considering a major are encouraged to elect introductory courses appropriate to their special field of interest; information is available in the de- partment office. Students planning to pursue studies in the Twelve College Exchange Pro- gram as part of their major should consult with their department advisor. Several of the Twelve College religion departments offer courses which could supplement and enrich a Wellesley major in religion and biblical studies.

Studies in the original language are particu- larly valuable for students specializing in Old Testament or New Testament; see Religion 109 and 209 (Classical Hebrew) and Greek 102 (Beginning Greek). RUSSIAN 172 RUSSIAN

Professor: 100 (1-2) Elementary Russian 202 (2) Russian Literature in Translation II Lynch (Chairman) 2 1 Grammar, oral and written exercises, read- Russian literature from the second part of the Associate Professor: ing of short stories. Three periods. 19th century to the present with emphasis on Bones the works of Tolstoy, Chekhov, Sologub, and The Staff such Soviet writers as Babel, Olesha, Paster- Assistant Professor: nak, and Bulgakov. 150 (1)* Colloquium Burgin Open to all students. 1 For directions for applying see page 204. Miss Burgin Open by permission to a limited number of freshman and sophomore applicants. 249 (2)' Introduction to Language 1

(1) Its history, theory, logic, and its application Aspects of Russian drama to Russian. General laws of phonology, syn- tax, and grammatical categories. Conducted The study of tradition and innovation in Rus- predominately in English. Students' interest sian drama as reflected in the major plays of in more than one foreign language encour- the 19th and 20th centuries, from Griboye- aged. dov's Woe from Wit to Majakovsky's Mystery- Prerequisite or corequisite: 200 or permission Bouffe, and today's avant-garde works. Em- of the instructor. phasis on the period from 1 850 to the present. Conducted in English. Mrs. Lynch

Not offered in 1974-75. 300 (1-2) Advanced Russian IVIrs. Bones 2 Studies in the structure of the Russian lan- 200(1-2) Intermediate Russian guage. Reading of literary and historical 2 works. Regular written and oral reports on Reading with emphasis on vocabulary build- individual selected topics. One unit of credit ing; review of grammar; composition and oral may be given for the first semester. expression. Selected readings in classical Prerequisite; 200. and modern Russian literature, and in Rus- Mrs. Lynch sian history and culture. Prerequisite; 100 or the equivalent. 311(1)* Russian Literature from Its The Staff Beginnings to Pushkin

1

201 (1) Russian Literature in Translation I Discussion of the Byzantine, western, and 1 folk influences in the chronicles and epics of Russian literature from its beginnings to the the Kievan and Moscovite periods. Reading o1 middle of the 19th century. The focus of the the Igor Tale, selections from Primary Chroni- course is on the major prose of the first half of cle, Zadonshchina; and works of Ivan IV, Av- the 19th century. The authors to be consid- vacum, Lomonosov, Derzhavin, Radishchev, ered include Pushkin, Lermontov, Gogol', Karamzin, and Pushkin. Goncharov, Turgenev, and Dostoevsky. Prerequisite or corequisite; 300. Open to all students. Not offered in 1974-75. Miss Burgin Directions for Election RUSSIAN 173

317 (1)* Russian Writers Today: Emigre and Course 1 00 is counted toward the degree but

Soviet not toward the major. Courses 150, 201 , and 1 202 are counted toward the distribution re- Prose and poetry of Aldanov, Nabokov, quirements in Group A but not toward the

G. Ivanov, Morshen, and Bulgakov, Solzhenit- major. However, 1 50, 201 , and 202 are strong- syn, Voznesensky, Okudzhava. ly recommended to students who major in Prerequisite or corequisite: 300. Russian.

Mrs. Lynchi Students interested in majoring in Russian should consult the chairman of the depart- 320 (2)* Seminar ment early in the college career, as should 1 students interested in an individual major Topic for 1974-75; Four Russian poets— Elena which includes Russian. Guro, Marina Tsvetaeva, Anna Al^hmatova, History 246 and 309 and Extradepartmental and Bella Aktimadulina. Intensive study of 330 are recommended as related work. selected works by four major 20th century writers in thie light of their philosophical, The study of at least one other modern and/or social, and literary context. classical language is strongly recommended Prerequisite or corequisite: 300. for those wishing to do graduate work in Slav- ic languages and literatures. Mrs. Bones

349 (2)* The Writer in a Censored Society: l-lis Literary and Nonliterary Roles 1 From Pushkin and Lermontov through Tol- stoy, Dostoevsky, Majakovsky, Esenin, Zam'atin, and to Evtushenko, Sin'avsky, Daniel. Prerequisite or corequisite: 300.

Not offered in 1974-75. Mrs. Lynch

350 (1 ) (2) Researcli or Individual Study 1 or 2 Open by permission to qualified students.

370(1-2) Honors Program 2 to 4 Required of honors candidates who choose to do honors research.

SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY . .

176 SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY

Professor: 102 (1) (2) Introduction to Sociology 201 (1) (2) Social Research I Eister*, Shimony (Chairman) 1 1 Sociological analyses of personal interaction Techniques of field study, data collection in Assistant Professor: and group structures in different social set- relation to vi/ell-defined sociological prob- Mueller*, Hall, Lieber tings. Applications of sociological research lems. Participant observation, survey re- methods to small groups, formal or bureau- search instruments, content analysis. Nor- Instructor: cratic organizations, the local community, mally followed by 202. Dimieri, Ellertson3, Norris, Bainbridge3 and the total society. Prerequisite: 102 or 104. Open to all students. Mr. Dimieri The Staff

202 (2) Social Research II 104 (1) (2) introduction to Anthropology 1 1 Techniques for handling quantified factors. Consideration of man's place in nature, his Social statistics, tabulation, diagramming; physical history, and physical varieties. Brief analysis of distribution curves and tests of survey of archaeology and linguistics. The significance of differences; simple correla- nature of culture w/ith examples primarily tion; analysis of variance, etc. from nonw/estern societies. Prerequisite: 201 Open to all students. Mr. Dimieri Mrs. Shimony, Mr. Lieber 203 (1)* Deviance 105(1) Physical Anthiropology 1 1 The patterning of nonnormative behavior and Theories regarding the origin and evolution of its relation to social process. Focus on juve- man. Primate behavior and adaptation. Anal- nile delinquency and mental impairment in ysis of human fossil evidence. Implications the United States and in crosscultural per- for the question of race. spective. Prerequisite: 104. Prerequisite: same as for 201

106 (2) Archaeology 205(1) Social Anthropology 1 1 A survey of the development of archaeology Comparative study of social, political, and and an overview of its methods and themes. economic organization of primitive societies. Introduction to Old World and New World Stability and change of primitive groups in archaeological sites and sequences. contact with western culture. Application of Prerequisite: 104. anthropology to the problems of underdevel- oped countries. Prerequisite: same as for 201 Mr. Lieber ......

SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY 177

207 (2) Comparative Analysis of IVIodern 212 (2) Religion and Society 216 (2) Sociology of Higfier Education Complex Societies 1 1 1 Sociological and anthropological views of Contemporary functions and types of higher Organization, functions, and characteristic religion. Differences in organization and func- educational institutions in the United States. Interrelationships among the major social tions of religion in primitive, traditional, and Social organization of the campus as a local institutions in total societies. Comparative advanced contemporary societies. Problems community. Professional and nonprofession- study. Emphasis on problems of integration of organized religion in secular, pluralistic, al role relationships and the coordination of and change. and urban-industrial society. standards and of objectives. Field research Prerequisite: same as for 201 Prerequisite: same as for 201 required.

Prerequisite: 102 and 201 , or permission of Ms. Hall Not offered in 1974-75. the instructor.

209 (2) Social Stratification and Power 213 (1) Sociology of Law 1 1 The nature of the class system in the United Analysis of sociological jurisprudence; exam- 219 (2). Modern Organizations States and in other societies. Social problems ination of the empirical studies of various 1 created by stratification. Roles of the disad- components of tfie justice system — legal Various perspectives and methodologies used vantaged and the privileged in reform move- profession, jury system, courts, police and in the investigation of organizations. Empha- ments and revolutions. prisons; special attention to topics of social sis on size, complexity, and formalization of [Prerequisite: same as for 201 change, social class, and the law. structure and on power, communication, and Prerequisite: same as for 201 decision-making processes. Roles and adap- Mr. Norris tation of individuals in organizations; the significance of social and cultural environ- 210 Racial and Etfinic Minorities (2) ments. 1 214 (1) Medical Sociology Prerequisite: 102. An analysis of the problems of racial and eth- 1 nic groups in American and other societies. Social factors associated with the incidence Mr. Dimieri Systematic study of adjustment mechanisms and treatment of health disorders. Differential of selected racial, religious, and immigrant availability of health care services. Social 220 (1) The Metropolitan Community minorities. organization of hospitals; role behavior of 1 Prerequisite: same as for 201 patients, professional staff and others; atti- Origins and development of cities. Theories tudes in hospital setting toward terminal pa- of urbanization. Problems and future trends yr. Lieber tients and death. relating to the city as a social organization. Prerequisite: same as for 201 Prerequisite: same as for 201 211(1) Family and Society

1 Mr. Norris -amily life in several periods and social mil- eu. Its effect on the roles of vi/omen and chil- 215(2)* Sociology of Communication 224 (1)* Social Movements and Collective jren. The impact of industrialization and the 1 Behavior ;hanging relationship between the family and Analysis of mass communication through 1 nstitutions of the community. models based on the sociology of language. Theories of conflict and collective behavior Prerequisite: same as for 201 Consideration of the interaction of societal applied to emergent social processes such as groups concerned with the media as a source demonstrations, riots and rebellions; rela- ^s. Hall of power. Emphasis on television; newspa- tionship to movements seeking alterations in pers, including the underground press; and the social order. magazines. Prerequisite: same as for 201 Prerequisite: same as for 201 Not offered in 1974-75. Not offered in 1974-75. . .

178 SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY

231 (2) Society and Self 303 (2) Current Developments In Sociology 329 (1) (2) Seminar. Organization in Health, 1 1 Housing, Correctional and Related Social structure and process with relation to Reading and discussion of major current the- Institutions in Contemporary Society the self. Social contributions and impedi- ories in selected areas of sociological investi- 1 ments to individual experience. Institutional- gation. Problems of funding, staffing, delivery of ization of, and group innovation in, goals, Prerequisite; 300 or permission of the services, and functional effectiveness. Re- attitudes, and ideas. Group formation as re- instructor. quired internship assignment. lated to self-identity and social purpose. Prerequisite; 102 or104, and 201 and 219, or Ms. Hall Prerequisite; same as for 201 permission of the instructor.

311(1) Seminar in Anthropology Mr. Ellertson 1 244 (1) Societies and Cultures of Africa Topic for 1974-75: Ethnopsychiatry. Psycho- 342 (2) Seminar. North American Indian 1 therapeutic contexts in traditional societies, Policy and Ethnography Comparative study of distinctive kinship, focusing on strategies and techniques of di- 1 political, economic, and other social institu- agnosis and treatment in mental "disorders." Cultural background of selected Indian soci- tions of several major cultures of Africa for Emphasis on the role of specialized practi- eties. Social and political problems of Ameri- which there are anthropological reports. Con- tioners, shamans and others, and the rela- can Indians today. sequences of culture contact among selected tionships between these practitioners and Prerequisite; same as for 301 patients. tribes and between indigenous and Asian or Mrs. Shimony European cultures. Prerequisite: 102 or 104, and two Grade II

Prerequisite; same as for 201 . units or permission of the instructor. 349 (2) Seminar. Strategies of Social Mrs. Shimony Mr. Lieber Change in Contemporary America 1 300 (1) Classical Sociological Thought 320 (2) Urban Social Systems Focus on several strategies of direct action. 1 1 Theories of nonviolence and violence in the Development of major sociological themes Sociological and systems analysis of selected writings of such thinkers as Martin Luther and theoretical positions from Montesquieu federal, city, and community attempts to re- King, Jr. and Franz Fanon. These will be eval- to the present. spond to urban problems. Extensive field uated in the light of recent American experi-

Prerequisite; 102 and two Grade II units, or work in urban programs and projects in ences. Students will work individually or in permission of the instructor. Boston. groups to evaluate a specific strategy or case Prerequisite; 1 02, 220 and one additional of direct action.

Grade II unit. Prerequisite: same as for 300.

301 (2) Anthropological Theory Mr. Norris Not offered in 1974-75. 1

History of ethnological theory. Examination 323 (1)* Seminar. Deviance 350 (1) (2) Research or Individual Study of current evolutionary and functional the- 1 1 or 2 ories of culture. Discussion of the relation- Normally a different topic each year. Open by permission to juniors and seniors. ship between personality and culture. Prob- Prerequisite; same as for 300. lems of method in anthropology. 370(1-2) Honors Program Not offered in 1974-75. Prerequisite; 104 and two Grade II units, or 2 to 4 permission of the instructor. Required of all honors candidates in the Mrs. Shimony department. Directions for Election SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY 179

Majors in sociology are required to include in their program 102, 201 , and 300. Students planning graduate work in the field are ad- vised to include 202.

Majors in anthropology are required to in- clude in their program 104, 301 , and at least one appropriate Intermediate level course.

Students wishing a combined sociology- anthropology major or some other individual- ly designed program of study should consult the chairman of the department.

SPANISH ..

182 SPANISH

Professor: 100(1-2) Elementary Spanish 202 (2)* Hispano-American Literature I Ruiz-de-Conde, Lovett (Chairman) 2 1 Grammar, reading, composition, dictation, Critical and aesthetic problems in the field of Assistant Professor: practical conversation on everyday life; short fiction as seen through the works of Isaacs, Gostautas*, Gascon-Vera lectures in Spanish. Stress on the intensive Sarmiento, Quiroga, Guiraldes, Azuela, Gar- oral approach. Three periods. cia Marquez, et al. Instructor: Open to students who do not present Spanish Prerequisite: same as for 201. Lusl

SPANISH 183

206 (1 ) Landmarks of Spanish Literature I 302 (2)* Cervantes 311 (1)* Seminar

1 1 1

Intensive study of masterpieces and authors Study of Cervantes and his work, representing Topic for 1 975-76: Puerto Rican and Chicano chosen from the Middle Ages to the Baroque: the culmination of the novel in Spain. Read- literature. Introduction to the major themes Poema del Cid, La Celestina, LaZarillo de ing of Novelas Ejemplares; analysis and dis- and literary techniques of contemporary Puer- Tormes: Garcilaso, Fray Luis de Leon, Cer- cussion of Don Quijote. to Rican and Chicano literature. Examination vantes, Lope de Vega, Calderon. Prerequisite: same as for 301 of the bilingual phenomenon as a new aes- Prerequisite; same as for 201 thetic, an its Mrs. Ruiz-de-Conde exploration of committed social Mrs. Ruiz-de-Conde ideas and its relationship to the threefold influences of the United States, Mexico, 306 (1)* Modern Hispano-Amerlcan and Spain. 207 (2) Landmarlo of Spanish Literature II Literature I Prerequisite: same as for 310. 1 1 From the Enlightenment to 19th century Real- Study of the main literary currents in Mexico; Not offered in 1974-75. ism. The evolution from neoclassicism to the analysis of present-day trends in prose and realistic novel: Moratin, Larra, Espronceda, poetry: Rulfo, Fuentes, Reyes, Vasconcelos, 350 (1)(2) Research or Individual Study Becquer and Perez Galdos. Octavio Paz. 1 or 2 Prerequisite: same as for 201 Prerequisite: same as for 301 Open by permission, or to seniors who have

taken two Grade III units in the department. Mr. Lovett Not offered in 1974-75.

Mr. Gostautas 370 (1-2) Honors Program 228 (2)* Revolutionary Latin American 2 to 4 Literature in Translation 307(1)* Modern Hispano-Amerlcan Required of all honors candidates in the 1 Literature II department. For description and prerequisite see Extra- 1 departmental 228. Analysis of present-day trends in prose and Not offered in 1974-75. poetry: Borges, Mallea, Gabriela Mistral, Val- lejo, Mariategui, Gallegos, Carpentier, Cor- 229 (2)* Spanish Literature in Translation tazar. 1 Prerequisite: same as for 301 For description and prerequisite see Extra- Miss Lusky departmental 229.

310 (1)* Seminar 301 (2)* Drama of the Seventeenth Century 1 1 Topic for 1974-75: The role of the woman in The characteristics of the Spanish drama of the novels of Perez Galdos. Woman and soci- the Golden Age. Analysis of ideals of this ety in some of the key novels of Galdos. period as revealed in the drama. Representa- Prerequisite: two Grade II units in literature or tive masterpieces of Lope de Vega, Castro, permission of the instructor. Alarcdn, Tirso de Molina, Calderon. Open to juniors and seniors who have taken Mr. Lovett two Grade II units including one unit in literature.

Not offered in 1974-75.

Mr. Lovett ,

184 SPANISH Directions for Election

Course 1 00 is counted toward the degree but not toward the major.

Students who begin with 100 in college and who wish to major should consult the chair- man in the second semester of their freshman year.

Students may choose to major either in Pen- insular or Latin American literature. The Pen- insular major should ordinarily include 201

206, 207, 301 , 302, and two additional units of

Grade III literature in Spanish; the Latin Amer-

ican major should include 201 , 202, 205, 306,

307, and two additional units of Grade III liter- ature in Spanish. History 260 is recommended for the Latin American major; History 261 is recommended for the Peninsular major. Extra- departmental 330 and 331 are recommended for both majors. THEATRE STUDIES 186 THEATRE STUDIES

Lecturer; 203 (2) Plays, Production, and Performance 208(2)* Contemporary Theatre Barstow (Chairman), LevensonS 1 1 The produced play considered as originally Mid-20th century dramatists and production the creation of the dramatist but brought to styles; plays, producers, designers, and ac- completion in performance through the crea- tors significant in the development of con- tive collaboration of producers, directors, temporary theatre. designers, and actors. Prerequisite: same as for 207. Open to all students. Not offered in 1974-75. Mr. Barstow Mr. Barstow 205(1)* Scene Study 210(1-2)* History of the Theatre 1 1 or 2 Study of the performed scene as the basic Study of theatre structures, crafts, and prac- building-block of playwright, director, and tices with emphasis on acting and production actor. Scenes from significant plays and styles as these relate to major developments scenes written for the course regularly re- in dramatic literature. One unit of credit may hearsed and performed for class criticism. be given for either semester by permission of Prerequisite: 203 or permission of the the instructor. instructor. Prerequisite: same as for 207. Not offered in 1974-75. Mr. Barstow Mr. Barstow 215(1)* Shakespeare in the Theatre 206 (2)* Design for tfie Tlieatre 1

1 Study of production of Shakespeare's plays ir Study of changing concepts of theatrical en- the theatre; particular attention to Elizabethai vironment; the desigr»er's function in the pro- stagecraft and to contemporary production duction process, with emphasis on perfor- styles; emphasis on acting and directing. mance as a realization of the analytical inter- Reports, and scenes performed for class pretation of specific plays. criticism. Prerequisite: same as for 205. Prerequisite: 203, and English 215 or 305 or 306, or permission of the instructor. Mr. Levenson Mr. Barstow 207 (1)' Early Modern Theatre 1 350 (1) (2) Research or Individual Study Ibsen, Strindberg, and Chekhov, and their 1 or 2 forerunners and immediate successors; par- Open by permission to qualified students. ticular attention paid to theatrical conditions, producers, designers, and actors associated with stage production of the plays studied. Prerequisite; 203 or permission of the instruc- tor. Open to juniors and seniors without pre- requisite.

Not offered in 1974-75. Directions for Election THEATRE STUDIES 187

A student who wishes to pursue an interest in theatre should consult the chairman of thea- tre studies about course selection which will emphasize dramatic literature in English and foreign languages together with the history and philosophy of art and music.

A student who is interested in an individual major in theatre studies should see Interde- partmental Majors.

EXTRADEPARTMENTAL 190 EXTRADEPARTMENTAL Experimental Courses Extradepartmental Courses

The following section includes several sepa- The following experimental courses for 1974- 104 (1) Classical Mythology rate courses of interest to students in various 75 are sponsored by the Committee on Edu- 1 disciplines. cational Research and Development: For description and prerequisite see Greek 104. 101(1) Variations on a Theme Course may be elected to fulfill in part tfie 1 105 (1) Introduction to Historical distribution requirement in Group A An interdisciplinary approach to autobiog- Linguistics raphy and to Don Juan myth. Examples drawn 1 from opera and painting as well as from liter- The methods of linguistic reconstruction and Course may be elected to fulfill in part the ature. Texts to include Augustine, Cellini, the principles of language history; the devel- distribution requirement in Group B Moliere, Mozart, and Rembrandt. Especially opment of both form and meaning in lan- recommended for freshmen and sophomores. guage, with examples from various Indo- European families, including Romance. Mrs. Weinreb Either 218 or 219 fulfills in part the distribu- Open to all students with knowledge of one in ancient or modern Indo-European language tion requirement Group C 102 (2) Science and Reality other than English. 1 Three epochs in the history of science (the Mr. Frame ancient world, the 17th century, the modern period) viewed as episodes in man's attempt 108 (2)** Interpretations of Man in Western to conceive the meaning of his world. Empha- Literature

sis on the problem of understanding what 1 science can tell us about the nature of reality Representative views of the nature of man and knowledge. Especially recommended for reflected in a selection of major works of freshmen and sophomores. European literature. The readings, chosen to emphasize the classical heritage, will include Mrs. Chaplin works of Vergil, Augustine, Dante, Machia- velli, Montaigne, Milton, Goethe, and Eliot. 103 (2) Techniques of Mathematics Open to all students. 1 Methods of problem-solving with an empha- Not offered in 1974-75. sis on the development of analytic and alge- Mr. Layman braic skills. Introduction to BASIC. Three 50 minute periods, one hour laboratory weekly. 110 (1) (2) Introduction to Automatic Open permission of the mathematics de- by Computation partment. Experimental 103 does not count 1 towards the Group C distribution requirement Modeling of computational processes as or a major in mathematics. sequential algorithms. Formal and informal Mr. Myers, Ms. Wason techniques for the representation of these algorithms and their implementation on digi- tal computers. Experience in programming and running of elementary problems, numerii and non-numeric, on a digital computer. Open to all students. Mr. Shrier .

EXTRADEPARTMENTAL 191

219(2)**** 201 (1)** Russian Literature in Translation I 216 (2) Applications of Mathematics to the History of Science II

1 Physical Sciences I 1 For description and prerequisite see Russian 1 Introduction to some of the major scientific 201. Topics in linear algebra; matrices, vector ideas emerging in the 18th, 19th, and 20th spaces, operators, eigenvalue problems; infi- centuries, emphasizing the contributions of

202 (2)** Russian Literature in Translation II nite series. Introduction to probability and such scientists as Lavoisier, Priestley, Lyell, 1 statistics. Two meetings weekly, with a third Darwin, Mendel, and Einstein. Two periods For description and prerequisite see Russian meeting every other week. weekly and a one and one-half hour labora- 202. Prerequisite: Mathematics 201 tory-discussion session every other week. Open to students who have completed one Mr. von Foerster 203 (2)* Greek Drama in Translation unit of laboratory science and one unit of his- 1 tory or philosophy. Normally not open to 217 (1) Applications of Mathematics to the For description and prerequisite see GreeK freshmen. Physical Sciences II 203. 1 Not offered in 1974-75. Topics in analysis: complex analysis; vector 204 (2)* Greek Epic in Translation analysis. Ordinary differential equations aris- 221 (2)* * Politics and Literature In Post-War 1 ing in the physical sciences; introduction to Germany For description and prerequisite see Greek partial differential equations. Two meetings 1 204. weekly, with a third meeting every other week. Political and social influences on the litera- Not offered in 1974-75. Prerequisite; Extradepartmental 216. ture of East and West Germany since 1 945. Studies of works by Biermann, Weiss, Hoch- Not offered in 1974-75. 208(2) Myth and the Role of Women huth. Grass, and others. 1 Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors. 218(1)**** History of Science I For description and prerequisite see Greek 1 Not offered in 1974-75. 208. Introduction to some of the major scientific Miss Ward Not offered in 1974-75. ideas leading to the Scientific Revolution of

the 1 7th century, with emphasis on the con- 222 (1)** French Fiction In Translation I: tributions of Ptolemy, Copernicus, Kepler, 210(2) Contemporary Women: An The Psychological Novel Interdisciplinary Perspective Galileo, and Newton. Understanding of the 1 1 scientific problems is developed through Techniques of psychological analysis and The course will draw on several disciplines to analysis of observational and experimental their relation to aesthetics in works by Sten- aid students in orienting their thinking about data as well as the study of selected original dhal, Flaubert, Gide, Sartre, Sarraute, and the nature of women and their actual and pos- source materials. Two periods weekly and a Robbe-Grillet, with emphasis on Proust's sible positions in modern society. Lectures one and one-half hour laboratory-discussion Remembrance of Things Past. by Wellesley faculty members and others with session every other week. Open to students who have not fulfilled the special expertise in biology, economics, his- Open to students who have completed one language requirement in French (through tory, philosophy, political science, psychol- unit of laboratory science (physics or astron- examinations or courses) or by permission of ogy, and sociology will contribute insights omy recommended) and one unit of history or the instructor. toward a better understanding of contempo- philosophy. Normally not open to freshmen. rary women. In addition to weekly lectures, Mr. Stambolian Not offered in 1974-75. the course will include weekly discussion groups. Miss Webster Open to all students with preference given to sophomores, juniors, and seniors. 192 EXTRADEPARTMENTAL

Approaches to Dance 223 (2)** French Fiction in Translation lla: 229 (2)** Spanish Literature in Translation 235 (2) Contemporary Practice and Theory Experiments in the Novel 1 Composition: 1 1 Through the writings of Cervantes, Tirso de Innovative forms, techniques, and theories of Molina, Calderon, and the author of the Laza- Mid-20th century developments in dance. experience in narration in the works by Rabelais, Laclos, rillo, four universal themes will be analyzed: Practice in composition and Flaubert, Queneau, Robbe-Grillet, Camus, idealism and reality in the figures of Don Qui- critical evaluation of student work. Emphasis and Beckett. Aesthetic renewal and challenge jote and Sancho; the myth of Don Juan in El on aesthetic problems related to chance and to convention seen in relation to changing burlador de Sevilla; the picaresque in El Laza- indeterminism in dance. the ele- perceptions of reality. rillo de Tormes. and free will and predestina- Open to juniors and seniors beyond tech- Prerequisite: same as for 222. tion in La vida es sueno. Additional readings mentary level in ballet or modern dance of Cervantes' Novelas, and modern authors nique, or by permission of the instructor. Not offered in 1974-75. will pro- such as Perez Galdos and Unamuno Ms. Trexler vide further insight into these recurring 224 (1)** French Fiction in Translation Mb: themes. * )* Translation I Novels of Social Commitment 241 (1 Chinese Literature in Open to all students except those who have 1 1 taken Spanish 206, 301 and 302. translation The expression of social consciousness in A survey of Chinese literature in works by Zola, Aragon, Celine, Malraux, Sar- Miss Lusky from its beginnings to the Sung Dynasty (960 1278 A.D.). The focus of the course is on clas tre, Camus, Mongo Beti, Yambo Ouologuem. early Prerequisite: same as for 222. 230 (1) (2) Seminar. Introduction to sical Chinese literature, dealing with Computer Science poetry, philosophical works of the late Chou, Not offered in 1974-75. 1 and the poetry and prose of the Han, Tang, Selected topics: Logical design, construction and Sung Dynasties. 228 (2)** Revolutionary Latin American of an electromechanical automatic sequence Open to sophomores, juniors and seniors, Translation Literature in computer and machine language program- and to freshmen by permission of the in- 1 ming. structor. Aesthetic and socio-political problems in the Prerequisite: Extradepartmental 110 and works of revolutionary Latin American writers Mr. Lagerwey permission of the instructor. as seen through the fiction and poetry of * Asturias, Cortazar, Garcia Marquez, Carpen- Mr. Shrier 242 (2)* Chinese Literature in Translation I tierand Neruda. Special attention will be 1 tales given to the noncommitted Borges. 231 (2) Interpretation andJudgment of A survey of Chinese literature from Tang contemporary literature, Open to all students except those who have Films (618-905 A.D.) to taken Spanish 306 and 307. 1 dealing with the emergence of vernacular fic- Close analysis of masterpieces of film art, tion. The focus will be on Tang and Sung Not offered in 1974-75. drawn from the work of such directors as short stories, Yuan drama, Ming and Ching Mr. Gostautas Eisenstein, Chaplin, Keaton, Dreyer, Renoir, novel and the literary works from the May 4th Clair, Welles, Bergman, Fellini, Godard, and movement through the post-Liberation era. Antonioni. Many short written assignments. Prerequisite: same as for Extradepartmental Frequent screenings in the early part of the 241. week of the film under discussion; students Mr. Lagerwey are required to see each film at least twice. Discussion groups, limited to 20 students. Open to all students.

Not offered in 1974-75.' EXTRADEPARTMENTAL 193

130 (1) Seminar. Comparative Literature 335 (1) (2) Seminar. American Studies 1 "opic for 1 974-75; The treatment of world war The image of reason in America. The focus n Russian, German, and Italian prose. A de- will be on changing attitudes toward human ailed study of ttie impact of World Wars I and reason and science in American history, re- and of war in general, on individuals, "life- lating especially to such problems as political ityles," and nations in selected prose works reform, personal and social ethical norms, )y Bulgakov, Boll, Calvino, Grass, Pavese, expanding technology, and the broader cul- Remarque, Shioloktiov, Solzfienitsyn, and tural assumptions that seem to characterize )thers. Particular attention will be given to American life. The readings will include Jef- irtistic problems of language, style, and gen- ferson, Franklin, Emerson, Hawthorne, Mel- e involved in the literary expression of the ville, Dewey, James, Skinner, Chomsky, and iolence and devastation wreaked by the wars several others. Required of American studies in the personal and cultural life of all three majors. ountries. An effort will be made to determine Open by permission of the instructor to Amer- he special significance of the war theme to ican studies majors, and to other qualified he three literatures and to 20th century Euro- students if space permits. lean literature. Mr. Purcell )pen to students who have taken or are taking

t least one unit of foreign language beyond he college requirement and who have taken

f least two units of Grade III literature. liss Burgin

31 (2) Seminar. The Theatre Since 1945

Jomparative study of the major innovative orms of contemporary drama from the works f Beckett, Brecht, and Artaud to the most 3cent theatrical experiments in Europe and imerica. rerequisite: same as for Extradepartmental 30 or by permission of the instructor.

1r. Stambolian

INTERDEPARTMENTAL MAJORS 196 INTERDEPARTMENTAL MAJORS Classical Civilization Director: Geffcken

civilization Philosophy 201 The College offers four established interde- Students who wish a classical (1) Departments of Greek Plato and Aristotle partmental major programs; Classical civiliza- major can plan with the appropriate sequence of tion, classical and Near Eastern archaeology, and Latin an include work in art, Religion and Biblical Studies 104 (1) (2) East Asian studies, and molecular biology. In courses, which should Such a The Hebrew Scriptures addition, a student may design an individual history, philosophy, and literature. contain at least four major. Some representative individual majors program should always Basic knowl- Religion and Biblical Studies 105 (1) (2) and courses available for them are included in units in the original language. or German is recommended. The Person and Message of Jesus this section. edge of French The selections listed below are available in Religion and Biblical Studies 204 (1) 1974-75 for majors in classical civilization. Christian Beginnings in the Hellenistic World Greek: All courses in the original. Latin: All courses in the original. Religion and Biblical Studies 307 (2) Seminar. The New Testament Art 100 (1-2) Introductory Course

Art 200 (1) Classical Art

Art 380 (2) Mini Courses Series la. The Shaft Grave Circles of Mycenae

Greek 104 (1) Classical Mythology

Greek 203 (2) Greek Drama in Translation

History 150 (1)d Myth and History

History 231 (2) History of Rome

Philosophy 101 (1)(2) Plato's Dialogues as an Introduction to Philosophy Classical and Near Eastern Archaeology East Asian Studies INTERDEPARTMENTAL MAJORS 197 Director: Marvin Directors: Cohen and Lin

Ttie purpose of a major in classical and Near Students interested in graduate work and a Extradepartmental 241 (1)

Eastern archaeology is to acquaint the stu- career in Chinese studies should take exten- Chinese Literature in Translation I dent with the complex societies of the Old sive Chinese language work; students inter- World in antiquity. ested in a broader range of courses on Asia Extradepartmental 242 (2)

may take a minimum of Chinese language Chinese Literature in Translation II Students who major in archaeology may work or none. choose Greece, Rome, or the ancient Near History 271 (1) East as a principal area of interest. Students The following courses are available in 1974-75 Japanese History who concentrate in classical archaeology for majors in East Asian studies: must normally have at least an elementary History 275 (1) knowledge of both Greek and Latin, and an Art 248 (2) Pre-Modern Chinese History advanced knowledge of the literature of that Later Buddhist Art in China and Japan country (Greece or Rome) which is their spe- History 276 (2) cial area of concern. Students who concen- Art 249 (1) Modern Chinese History trate on the ancient Near East must have Far Eastern Art knowledge of one ancient Near Eastern History 345 (1) language. Chinese 101 (1-2) Seminar. Chinese History I Elementary Spoken Chinese The program for each student will be planned individually from courses in the departments History 346 (2) Chinese 102 (1-2) of art, Greek, history, Latin, philosophy, reli- Seminar. Chinese History II Basic Chinese Reading and Writing gion and biblical studies, and sociology and anthropology, as well as from the architecture Political Science 300 (2) Chinese 201 (1-2) and anthropology programs at MIT. Certain Politics of East Asia Intermediate Chinese Reading courses in statistical methods and geology are also very useful. Religion and Biblical Studies 108 (1) Chinese 202 (1-2) Asian Religions Students should plan for at least one summer Intermediate Conversational Chinese of excavation and travel, and are expected to Religion and Biblical Studies 253 complete units of independent study as well Chinese 252 (2) (1) Buddhism as regular course offerings. Readings in Modern Style Writings

Because the requirements for this major are Chinese 253 somewhat complex, students are urged to (2) Topics in Chinese Culture of Today declare an interest early so that a comfortable program can be devised for each student. Chinese 300 (2) Readings in Contemporary Chinese Literature

Chinese 310 (1) Introduction to Literary Chinese

Chinese 311 (2) Readings in Elementary Classical Chinese 198 INTERDEPARTMENTAL MAJORS Molecular Biology Director: Hicks

The departments of biological sciences and chemistry offer an interdepartmental major in molecular biology which gives opportunity for advanced study of the chemistry of biological systems.

In addition to a unit of biochemistry (326 or [325]), the area of concentration consists of five units of chemistry (103 or [107]), 104 or

[1 [201 or 21 or 231 , and 221 or 06] , ] 1 , [203]

[324]; five units of biology (100, 101 , 205, 200

or 206, and one Grade III unit); Physics 104,

1 05, or 1 1 0; and Mathematics 1 1 1 or the equivalent. 7 dividual Majors INTERDEPARTIVIENTAL MAJORS 199

tudents who are interested in interdisciplin- American Studies Black Studies 206 (1-2) y work may design an individual major, in Afro-American History 3nsultation with two faculty advisors. The American studies (formerly United States 'ogram for the individual major is subject to studies) is a growing, highly flexible, inter- Black Studies 220 (1) 16 approval of the on Committee Curriculum disciplinary program designed to illuminate Black Religious Experience in America Id Instruction. In setting up guidelines for varieties of the American experience. A wide le individual major, the committee hopes to selection of courses in different departments Black Studies 230 (1-2)

The one required course in the major, Extra- English 228 (2) departmental 335, is designed to assist stu- Black Literature in America dents in developing their own points of view towards characteristic themes in American English 317 (1) culture. American Literature IV The following is a partial list of other courses available in 1974-75 that may be included in History 102 (2) an American studies major: Approach to the History of American Society

Art 226 (1) History 250 (1) History of Afro-American Art Colonial America, 1607 to 1783

Art 231 (1) History 251 (2) American Art from Colonial Times to the Civil The United States, 1 783 to 1 850 War History 252 (1) Art 232 (2) The United States, 1850 to 191 American Art from the Civil War to the Foundation of the New York School History 253 (2) The United States, 1917 to the Present Black Studies 150 (1)a and (2)a 1919. Year of the "New Negro" 200 INTERDEPARTMENTAL MAJORS

Political Science 210 (1) (2) Theatre Studies In addition to the offerings of the theatre American Political Parties and Interest studies department, the following courses, Groups The individual major in theatre studies offers available in 1974-75, are specifically relevant opportunity for study of the theatre through to the individual major in theatre studies: Political Science 310 (2) its history, literature, criticism, and related Political Decision-Making in the United States arts and through the disciplines of its practi- Black Studies 210 (1-2) tioners: playwrights, directors, designers, Black Drama in the Twentieth Century Religion and Biblical Studies 228 (2) actors, and producers. Black Religion and Social Protest English 212 (1)(2) The student's program in the major may be Modern Drama adapted to individual interests. Focus may be Sociology 210 (2) on the theatre and a national dramatic litera- Racial and Ettinic Minorities English 215 (1)(2) ture, on the theatre and related arts, or, within Shakespeare the general demands of the curriculum, a vari- ety of emphases may be evolved, including English 305 (1) work in such areas as philosophy, history, Advanced Studies in Shakespeare I psychology, sociology, and religion.

At least four units above Grade I normally English 306 (1)(2)

should be elected in a literature department Advanced Studies in Shakespeare II (English, French, German, Greek and Latin, Italian, Russian, or Spanish), with emphasis Extradepartmental 331 (2) on dramatic literature. At least two units Seminar. The Theatre Since 1945

above Grade I normally should be elected in art or music. Two of the six units thus speci- French 213 (1)(2) fied (or their equivalents) must be Grade III. French Drama in the Twentieth Century

Students electing to design a major in theatre Greek 302 (1) studies normally will take at least one resi- Aeschylus and Sophocles dent semester of concentrated work in the discipline either with the National Theatre History 236 (2) Institute at the Eugene O'Neill Theatre Center Modern European Intellectual History in Waterford, Connecticut, or at another insti- tution in the Twelve College Exchange Pro- Italian 302 (1) gram, to supplement and enrich their work at The Theatre in Italy Wellesley.

Since developments in the theatre arts are the Music 200 (1-2) results of stage experiments and because the Design in Music theatre performance is an expression of thea- tre scholarship, it is expected that theatre Music 307 (2) studies majors will elect to complement for- The Opera mal study of theatre history and theory with practical experience in the extracurricular Philosophy 203 (1)(2) production program of the Wellesley College Philosophy of Art Theatre. INTERDEPARTMENTAL MAJORS 201

Jrban Studies History 253 (2) Women's Studies The United States, 1917 to the Present

The individual major in urban studies provides The following courses are available in 1974-75 students witli an interdisciplinary approach to History 254 (1) in women's studies; he city which can be adapted to particular United States Urban History nterests. Majors are encouraged to concen- Black Studies 230 (1-2) rate within a specific field, in order to provide History 336 (2) The Black Woman in American Society hemselves with a sound disciplinary back- Seminar. American Urban History jround and to equip themselves for further English 150 (2) a icademic or professional work. Such concen- Political Science 212 (1) Women Writers and Women's Problems ration usually occurs within the departments Urban Politics

3f art. black studies, economics, history, Extradepartmental 210 (2) jolitical science, psychology, or sociology; Sociology 220 (1) Contemporary Women; An Interdisciplinary jossible interdisciplinary emphases include The Metropolitan Community Perspective jrban problem-solving and public adminis- ration, urban design, or urban education. French 319 (1) As Women See Themselves t is recommended that majors elect basic nethodology courses in their field of concen- History 332 (2) ration (e.g.. Sociology 201 , 202; Political History science 249, etc.). Majors are encouraged to Seminar. English Question" in ipply for the Wellesley Urban Politics Sum- The "Woman England ner Internship Program (see p. 45). Oppor- unities for field work available through the Psychology 303(1) (2) i4IT cross-registration program should also The Psychological Implications of Being )e noted. Female

'he following courses are available in 1974-75 Psychology 349(1) or majors in urban studies: Theories of Child Development

Hack Studies 106(1) Russian 320 (2) ntroduction to the Black Experience Seminar. Four Russian Poets

}lack Studies 206 (2) Sociology 211 (1) kfro-American History Since 1865 Family and Society

Economics 225(1) Spanish 310(1) Jrban Economics Seminar. The Role of the Woman in the Novels of Perez Galdos Economics 249 (2) seminar. The Economics of Environmental disruption

History 252 (1) 'he United States, 1850 to 1917

FRESHMAN-SOPHOMORE COLLOQUIA ))

204 FRESHMAN-SOPHOMORE COLLOQUIA

The colloquia are designed for freshmen and Each colloquium counts as one unit. Each sophomores who are interested in concen- may be elected to satisfy in part one of the trated study of a significant well-defined top- distribution requirements. Since enrollments ic. They offer students the opportunity to are limited, students ordinarily may not enroll work in small groups in close association in more than one colloquium. They may, how- with faculty members, tvlost are open without ever, apply for more than one, indicating their prerequisite although a few presuppose some preference. of the field either in secondary earlier study Incoming freshmen may obtain application school or in a college course. They are similar forms from the class dean, sophomores from to seminars in method and approach in that the department chairman. If a colloquium is they stress independent worl<, discussion, oversubscribed the chairman or instructor, in and student reports. consultation with the class dean, will decide which applicants will be accepted.

Topics for 1974-75

Black Studies 150 (1)(2)

(1 a. 1 91 9. Year of the "New Negro"

(2) a. 1 91 9. Year of the "New Negro"

English 150 (1)(2)

(1 a. The adolescent hero b. Black poetry

(2) a. Women writers and women's problems b. The democratic myth

History 150 (1)(2)

(1 a. 1 91 9. Year of the "New Negro" b. 1776 and all that c. Peasant in history: myth and fact d. Myth and history

(2) a. 1919. Year of the "New Negro" b. Heroes and heroines in medieval society

Philosophy 150 (1) (1) Fact, fiction, and philosophy

Religion and Biblical Studies 150 (2) (2) Religious attitudes to nature and ecology OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION 206 OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION

Officers of Instruction William Sims Bainbridge^ Miriam H. Berlin^ B.A., Boston University B.A., Smith College; As of June 1974 A.M., Ph.D., Radcliffe College Instructor in Sociology and Anthropology Stephen IVI. Adier Lecturer in History B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan Douglas Hell Banik Associate Professor of Astronomy A.B., Harvard College; Philip A. Bertocci M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania B.A., Wesleyan University; Barry Allen3 M.A., Ph.D., Yale University Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., Harvard University Assistant Professor of History Instructor in Physical Education Victor Baras B.A., Ph.D., Cornell University Frank Bidart^ Mary Mennes Allen B.A., University of California (Riverside); Assistant Professor of Political Science B.S., M.S., University of Wisconsin; A.M., Harvard University Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley) Evelyn Claire Barry Lecturer in English Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences A.B., A.M., Radcliffe College D. Scott Birney Assistant Professor of Music Lilian Armstrong Anderson B.S., YaleCollege; B.A., Wellesley College; M.A., Ph.D., Georgetovi/n University Paul Rogers Barstow A.M., Radcliffe College; B.A., Williams College; Professor of Astronomy Ph.D., Colunnbia University M.F.A., Yale University Associate Professor of Art Ella P. Bones Lecturer in Theatre Studies B.A., Cornell University; Director, Wellesley College Theatre Harold E. Andrews III A.M., Radcliffe College; B.A., College of Wooster; Ph.D., Harvard University M.S., University of Missouri; Ann Streeter Batchelder Associate Professor of Russian Ph.D., Harvard University B.A., Wheaton College; M.Ed., Framingham State College Assistant Professor of Geology Mary E. Bradley Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.A., M.A., Colby College; Louis W. Arnold Ed.D., Harvard University James F. Beaton Instructor in Guitar B.A., Boston College; Associate Professor of Education M.A., Rutgers University Jerold S. Auerbach* Alvia Branch Instructor in English B.A., Oberlin College; B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University A.M., Harvard University Carolyn Shaw Bell* Associate Professor of History B.A., Mount Holyoke College; Instructor in Psychology Ph.D., London University Grazia Avitablle Katharine Coman Professor of Economics B.A., M.A., Smith College; Ph.D., Bryn MawrCollege Priscilla Benson Professor of Italian B.S., Smith College

Laboratory Instructor in Physics OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION 207

Martin Bronfenbrenner^ Douglas E. Busch Paul A. Cohen A.B., Washington University (St. Louis); B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; B.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., University of Chicago; Ph.D., Rutgers University A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University Japanese Certificate, U.S. Naval Training Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences Edith Stix Wasserman Professor of Asian School (Oriental Languages), University of Studies Colorado Stanford Calderwood^ Mary Whitin Calkins Visiting Professor of B.A., University of Colorado Andrew L. Colb Economics B.S., Union College; Visiting Professor of Economics Ph.D., Northwestern University Judith Claire Brown Maud H. Chaplin*^ Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.A., Rice University; B.A., Wellesley College; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley) M.A., Ph.D., Brandeis University Phyllis B. Cole Associate Professor of Physics B.A., Oberlin College; Assistant Professor of History A.M., Harvard University Dean of Studies Sheila Brown Assistant Professor of English B.A., St. Olaf College; Nancy Cirillo M.S., University of Colorado Ann Congleton Instructor in Violin Instructor in Physical Education B.A., Wellesley College; Director of Chamber Music M.A., Ph.D., Yale University Sylvia G. Brown Anne de Coursey Clapp* Associate Professor of Philosophy B.A., Vassar College; B.A., Smith College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan M.F.A., Yale University; Kathleen Neils Conzen Assistant Professor of Greek and Latin A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.A., University of Delaware; Assistant Professor of Art Gail BruderS Ph.D., University of Wisconsin B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh Richard Vernon Clemence Assistant Professor of History Associate Professor of Psychology Ph.B., M.A., Brown University; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University Richard M. Cook Scott B. Brush3 B.Mus., New England Conservatory of Music A. Barton Hepburn Professor of Economics B.A., Wellesley College; Instructor in Trumpet and Cornetto M.S., Northeastern University BIythe McVicker Clinchy Instructor in Economics B.A., Smith College; Francis Judd Cooke M.A., New School for Social Research; B.A., Yale University; Diana Lewis Burgin Ph.D., Harvard University Mus.B., University of Edinburgh 8. A., Swarthmore College; Assistant Professor of Psychology Lecturer in Music A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University Director, Child Study Center Assistant Professor of Russian Michelle Coquillat Barbara J. Cochran Agregee des Lettres modernes, University Judith W. Burling B.S., M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University; of Paris B.A., University of Iowa; Ph.D., Boston University Assistant Professor of French M.S., Smith College Assistant Professor of Physical Education Assistant Professor of Physical Education 208 OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION

Helen Storm Corsa Margaret A. Dermody Ingrid Otto Duckworth B.A., Mount Holyoke College; A.B., Emmanuel College; B.A., City College of New York; M.A., Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College M.A., Wellesley College M.A., Columbia University; Ph.D., Boston College Martha Hale Shackford Professor of English Laboratory Instructor in Biological Sciences Assistant Professor of German Eugene Lionel Cox Ruth Deutsch B.A., College of Wooster; A.M., Radcliffe College; Mayrene Earle Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University M.A., Stanford University; B.S., Boston-Bouve College M.A., Yale University Professor of History Instructor in Physical Education Lecturer in German Mary D. Coyne Mark U. Edwards, Jr. A.B., Emmanuel College; Adrienne S. Dey B.A., M.A., Stanford University M.A., Wellesley College; B.A., Svi^arthmore College; Instructor in History Ph.D., University of Virginia Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

Associate Professor of Biological Sciences Assistant Professor of Chemistry Allan Warden Eister* B.A., DePauw University; Martha Alden Craig Sheila Kathryn Dickison* M.A., American University; B.A., Oberlin College; B.A., University of Toronto; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin M.A., Ph.D., Yale University M.A., Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College Professor of Sociology Professor of English Assistant Professor of Greek and Latin Dorothy Z. Eister Maureen S. Crandall*^ Louis S. Dickstein B.A., Hood College; B.A., Smith College; B.A., Brooklyn College; M.A., Mount Holyoke College M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University M.S., Ph.D., Yale University Research Assistant in Psychology Assistant Professor of Economics Associate Professor of Psychology Jon Ellertson3 Jean V. Crawford Thomas J. Dimieri B.A., Stanford University B.A., Mount Holyoke College; A.B., Fordham University; Instructor In Sociology and Anthropology M.A., Oberlin College; M.A., Brown University Ph.D., University of Illinois Instructor in Sociology and Anthropology Alona E. Evans Charlotte Fitch Roberts Professor of B.A., Ph.D., Duke University Chemistry Ann St. Clair Dinger Elizabeth Kimball Kendall Professor of B.A., Vassar College; Political Science Jean A. Darlington M.S., Ph.D., Northwestern University B.A., Knox College; Assistant Professor of Astronomy Jacqueline P. Evans M.A., Wellesley College B.A., Vassar College; Laboratory Instructor in Chemistry David R. Dobbins A.M., Ph.D., Radcliffe College A.B., Franklin College; Professor of Mathematics Fred Denbeaux M.A., Ph.D., University of Massachusetts B.A., Elmhurst College; (Amherst) B.D., S.T.M., Union Theological Seminary Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences Professor of Religion and Biblical Studies OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION 209

Doris Holmes Eyges Charles Fisk3 Laurel Furumoto B.A., University of Michigan; A.B., Harvard College; B.A., University of Illinois; A.M., Radcliffe College M.M.A., Yale School of Music M.A., Ohio State University; Ph.D., Harvard University Lecturer in English Lecturer in Music Class Dean Instructor in Piano Associate Professor of Psychology

J. Clayton Fant3 Virginia M. Fiske Ann Gabhart B.A., Williams College B.A., M.A., Mount Holyoke College; B.A., Wellesley College; Ph.D., Radcliffe College A.M., Harvard University Instructor in Greek and Latin Ellen A. Kendall Professor of Biological Lecturer in Art John Nye Favllle Sciences Director, Wellesley College Museum B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley) Phyllis J. Fleming Edmund B. Gaither3 B.A., Hanover College; B.A., Morehouse College; Assistant Professor of English M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin M.A., Boston University

Peter Fergusson Sarah Frances Whiting Professor of Physics Lecturer in Art B.A., Michigan State University; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University Michael A. Flynn Rene Galand A.B., University of California (Berkeley) Lic.-es-Lettres, University of Rennes; Associate Professor of Art Ph.D., Yale University Instructor in Economics L. Dodge Fernald, Jr. 3 Professor of French B.A., Amherst College; Douglas Gordon Frame Ed.M., Harvard University; A.B., Ph.D., Harvard University Audrey Gaquin Ph.D., Cornell University A.B., College of New Rochelle; Assistant Professor of Greek and Latin M.Phil., Yale University Lecturer in Psychology Carlo Roger Franpois Instructor in French David Ferry Lie. en Philosophie et Lettres, Agrege, B.A., Amherst College; University of Liege; Robert Garis* A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University B.A., Muhlenberg College; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University Sophie Chantal Hart Professor of English Professor of French Katharine Lee Bates Professor of English Lorenz J. Finison Winifred Herman Friedman3 A.B., Wesleyan University; B.A., Wellesley College; Jeanne Garrison3 Ph.D., Columbia University Ph.D., Harvard University B.A., Wellesley College; M.F.A., Boston University Assistant Professor of Psychology Assistant Professor of Art Assistant Professor of Art James V. FisherS Elizabeth Holmes Frisch A.B., Milligan College; Associate Professor of Art Elena Gascon-Vera B.D., Harvard University Lie, University of Madrid; M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University Instructor in Religion and Biblical Studies Assistant Professor of Spanish 210 OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION

Francis P. Gasparro Maja J. Goth William A. Herrmann B.S., Villanova University; Mittellehrerdipl., Oberlehrerdipl., Ph.D., B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University Princeton University University of Basel Pli.D., Professor of Music Assistant Professor of Chemistry Professor of German Director of the Choir

Geraldine F. Gauthier Janet Brown Guernsey-^ Sonja E. Hicks B.S., M.S., Massacfiusetts College of B.A., Wellesley College; B.S., University of Maine; Pharmacy; A.M., Radcliffe College; Ph.D., Indiana University Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology A.M., Ph.D., Radcliffe College Associate Professor of Chemistry Professor in the Laboratory of Electron Louise S. McDowell Professor of Physics Microscopy Ann Hil(erty3 Edward Vose Gulick B.S., Boston College; Katherine Allston Geffcken B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Yale University M.A., University of Michigan B.A., Agnes Scott College; Elisabeth Hodder Professor of History Lecturer in English M.A., Ph.D., Bryn Maw/r College

Associate Professor of Greek and Latin GailB. Hall Dorothy P. Holland B.A., College of Wooster; A. A., Colby Junior College; Meg Gertmenlan Ph.D., Harvard University B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University B.A., Wellesley College; Assistant Professor of Sociology and Instructor in Physical Education A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University Anthropology Assistant Professor of English Peter HueninkS Jean B. Harrison* B.A., Princeton University; Klaus Goetze A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Radcliffe College M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University

Instructor in Piano Associate Professor of Biological Sciences Instructor in Art

Arthur Ralph Gold Adrienne Hartzell Alice Stone llchman B.A., Princeton University; B.Mus., New England Conservatory of Music B.A., Mount Holyoke College; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University M.P.A., Maxwell School of Citizenship and Instructor in Viola da Gamba Public Affairs; Associate Professor of English in the Assistant Collegium Musicum Ph.D., London School of Economics Director of Educational Research James HassettS Professor of Economics and of Education Marshall Irwin Goldman B.S., Fordham University; Dean of the College B.S., Wharton School, University of A.M., Harvard University Pennsylvania; Owen Hughes Jander* Instructor in Psychology A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University B.A., University of Virginia; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University Professor of Economics Margaret Jean Hay B.A., Stanford University; Associate Professor of Music Stasys Gostautas* M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin B.A., Fordham University; Eugenia Parry Janis Assistant Professor of History M.A., Ph.D., New York University B.A., University of Michigan; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University Assistant Professor of Spanish Earl L. Hedberg Assistant Professor of Art Instructor in Viola OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION 211

loger A. Johnson Ellen Peck Killoh Beverly Joseph Layman* 3. A.. Northwestern University; B.A., Allegheny College; B.A., Roanoke College; }.D., Yale University; M.A., Ph.D., Stanford University M.A., University of Virginia; "h.D., Harvard University Assistant Professor of English A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University \ssociate Professor of Religion and Biblical Professor of English Jtudies Nancy Harrison Kolodny B.A., Wellesley College; Mary Rosenthal Lefkowitz Marion R. Just Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology B.A., Wellesley College; 5. A., Barnard College; Assistant Professor of Chemistry A.M., Ph.D., Radcliffe College /I. A,, Johns Hopkins University; Director of the Science 'h.D., Columbia University Center Associate Professor of Greek and Latin Kssistant Professor of Political Science Elinda B. F. Kornblith»2 Eric Levenson^ B.A., Washington University; A.B., Harvard College; :tephen B. Kahl M.A., University of Rochester M.F.A., Brandeis University I.S.. Duke University; Instructor in 'h.D., Indiana University Economics Lecturer in Theatre Studies Design Director, Wellesley College Theatre vssistant Professor of Chemistry Helen F. Ladd B.A., Wellesley College; Katherine Lever •lana Chapman Kamilli M.S., London School of Economics; B.A., Swarthmore College; I. A., Vassar College; A.M., Harvard University M.A., Ph.D., Bryn MawrCollege 'I.S., Ph.D., Rutgers University Assistant Professor of Economics Professor of English .ssistant Professor of Geology Germaine Lafeullle Judith T. Levy ohn Karefa-Smarl3 Dipl. E.S., Agregee des Lettres, University A.B., Goucher College; ;.A., Fourah Bay College; of Paris; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University S., Otterbein College; Ph.D., Radcliffe College 1.D.C.M., McGill University; AssistantProfessor of Chemistry Andrew W. Mellon Professor in the I.P.H., Harvard University Humanities Michael Lieber Isiting Professor of Black Studies B.A., University of Chicago; John Lagerwey3 M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University ena Karefa-Smart^ B.A., University of Michigan .Ed., Central Connecticut State College; Assistant Professor of Sociology and Instructor in Chinese l.A., Drew University; Anthropology '.D., Yale University Jyoti LaPeer^ Peter Lieberman ecturer in Religion and Biblical Studies Instructor in Physical Education B.A., Oberlin College; nd Black Studies Ph.D., City University of New York

Nathaniel Larrabee II homes Forrest Kelly Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.A., Trinity College; .B., University of North Carolina; B.F.A., M.F.A., Boston University Helen T. • M., Ph.D., Harvard University Lin Assistant Professor of Art B.S., National Taiwan University ssistant Professor of Music Associate Professor of Chinese on the Edith Stix Wasserman Foundation 212 OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION

Eva Linfield Neal A. Machtiger Manfred A. Max-Neef3 B.S., Ph.D., Cornell University Lie. en Ciencias Economicas, University Instructor in Recorder and Krummhorn of Chile; Assistant in The Collegium Musicum Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences Ph.D., Graduate School for Latin American Economic Studies Nicholas Linfield Wendy Snyder MacNei|3 B.A., Oxford University; A.B., Smith College; Visiting Professor of Political Science Ph.D., University of Texas M.A.T., Harvard University Florence McCulloch Assistant Professor of English Assistant Professor of Art B.A., Vassar College; M.A., Ph.D., University of North Carolina Jerome J. Lipson Helen C. Mann A.B., Fresno State College; Professor of French Instructor in Viola M.A., Wellesley College Jeanette McPherrin* James Herbert Loehlin Laboratory Instructor in Chemistry B.A., Scripps College; B.A., College of Wooster; M.A., Claremont College Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology Susan F. Manski^ B.S., University of Massachusetts Lecturer in French Associate Professor of Chemistry Graduate Assistant In Biological Sciences Ifeanyi A. Menkiti Gabriel H. Lovett B.A., Pomona College; B.A., M.A., Ph.D., New York University Edna Margalit^ M.S., Columbia University; B.A., The Hebrew University of Jerusalem; Professor of Spanish M.A., New York University; Ph.D., Oxford University Ph.D., Harvard University Mary H. Lusky Assistant Professor of Philosophy Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A., Wellesley College; M.A., Columbia University Tony Martin Linda B. Miller Barrister-at-Law, Gray's Inn; Instructor in Spanish A.B., Radcliffe College; B.Sc, University of Hull; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University Barry Lydgate Associate Professor of Political Science B.A., IVI.Phil., Yale University Associate Professor of History and Black Studies Instructor in French Vicki E. Mistacco Miranda Constant Marvin B.A., New York University; Irlna Borisova-Morosova Lynch M.A., Middlebury College; B.A., Bryn Mavi^r College; A.M., Ph.D., Radcliffe College M.Phil., Ph.D., Ph.D., Harvard University Yale University Professor of Russian Assistant Professor of French Assistant Professor of Art and of Greek and Latin Alice A. Lyndon Ralph M. Mitchel|3 A.B., Indiana University; Cecilia Mattii^ B.S., Stanford University; M.A., University of California A.M., Harvard University Dott. in Lett., University of Florence Assistant Professor of Art Instructor in Instructor in Italian Physics Laboratory Instructor in Physics OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION 213

Kenworth W. Moffett M. Lucetta Mowry Barbara W. Newell B.A., Columbia College: B.A., Wilson College; B.A., Vassar College; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University M.A., Presbyterian College of Christian M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin; Associate Professor of Art Education; B.D., Ph.D., Yale University; Honorary Degrees: L.H.D., Trinity College; Honorary Degree: L.H.D., Wilson College LL.D., Central Michigan University, Williams College; Janice Mokros Professor of Religion and Biblical Studies D.Lit., Northeastern University B.A., University of Minnesota Professor of Economics Carol Mueller* Instructor in Psychology President of Wellesley College B.A., University of California (Berkeley); Bert Moore M.A., Rutgers University; Madeline Nold Ph.D., Cornell University B.A., Southern Methodist University; B.A., M.A,, Sarah Lawfrence College M.A., University of Illinois; Assistant Professor of Sociology and Instructor in Religion and Biblical Studies Ph.D., Stanford University Anthropology Assistant Professor of Psychology William P. Morris Barbara F. Muise B.A., University of Arizona; A.B., Joy Williams Moore3 Bates College; M.A., University of Florida M.A., Smith College A.B., Southern Methodist University; Instructor in Sociology and Anthropology M.A., University of Illinois (Urbana); Laboratory Instructor in Biological Sciences Ph.D., University of California (Berl^eley) Torsten Norvig David L. Myers Assistant Professor of Psychology B.S., University of Copenhagen; B.A., Oberlin College; M.Sc, Ph.D., Brown University Bernard G. Moran Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology Professor of Mathematics B.Mus., Boston University Assistant Professor of Mathematics

Instructor in French Horn Lola Odiaga Mary J. Naus* B.S., M.S., Juilliard School of Music; Rodney Morrison B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.Mus., Yale School of Music B.S., M.A., Boston College; M.S., Ph.D., Princeton University Instructor in Harpsichord M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin Assistant Professor of Psychology Associate Professor of Economics Hazel F. O'Donnell Daniel E. Nedland B.Mus., M.Mus., Boston University Phyllis Moss B.S., Wisconsin State University; Instructor in Voice M.S., University of Diploma, Curtis Institute of Music Wisconsin (Madison)

Instructor in Piano Instructor in Geology Geraldine H. O'Sullivan B.S., Maryland State College; Rose Moss3 Fred NewcombS M.A.T., Antioch-Putney Graduate School B.A., B.A., English Honors Degree, University Boston University of Education Df Natal Instructor in Physical Education Educational Director, Child Study Center Lecturer in English 214 OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION

Helen Ann Padykula Ruth Anna Putnam Kenneth W. Roth B.S., University of Massachusetts; B.S., Ph.D., University of California (Los B.Mus., New England Conservatory; M.A., Mount Holyoke College; Angeles) M.A., Stanford University Ph.D., Radcliffe College Associate Professor of Philosophy Instructor in Oboe and Baroque Oboe Professor in the Laboratory of Electron Microscopy Patrick F. Quinn S. Ann Rowbatham B.A., M.A., University of Wisconsin; B.A., Bedford College of Physical Education Painter Ph.D., Columbia University Diann Instructor in Physical Education A.B., Antioch College; Professor of English A.M., Ph.D., Indiana University Norton M. Rubenstein Assistant Professor of Economics James Wilson Rayen B.S., M.S., University of Alabama; B.A., B.F.A., M.F.A., Yale University Ph.D., Ohio State University Louise Came Pappoutsakis Associate Professor of Art Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences Instructor in Harp Jill Rierdan Justina Ruiz-de-Conde Robert Pinsky* B.A., M.A., Clark University Bachillerato Institute Cardenal Cisneros B.A., Rutgers University; (Madrid); Instructor in Psychology M.A., Ph.D., Stanford University Lie. en Derecho, University of Madrid; A.M., Ph.D., Radcliffe College Associate Professor of English Annie Robbins Lie, Sorbonne; Helen J. Sanborn Professor of Spanish Isabelle C. Plaster M.A., Tufts University B.A., Wellesley College; Margery Sabin Instructor in French M.Mus., Ne\N England Conservatory of Music A.B., Radcliffe College; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University Instructor in Bassoon Alice Birmingham Robinson Assistant in Chamber Music B.A., Wellesley College; Assistant Professor of English A.M., Ph.D., Radcliffe College Elizabeth Sams Elinor Preble Professor of History B.Mus., New England Conservatory of Music B.A., Wellesley College

Instructor in Flute and Baroque Flute Elizabeth Jane Rock* Teaching Assistant in Psychology B.S., College of Mount St. Vincent; Kathryn Conway Preyer M.A., Smith College; Gary R. Sanford B.A., Goucher College; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University B.A., University of California (Berkeley); M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin M.A., Chico State College; Arthur J. and Nellie Z. Cohen Professor Ph.D., University of California (Davis) Professor of History of Chemistry Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences

Edward A. Purcell, Jr. Judith Roitman A.B., Rockhurst College; B.A., Sarah Lawrence College; Marina Sinibaldi Sanson^ University of Aires; M.A., University of Kansas; M.A., University of California (Berkeley) A.E., Buenos Middlebury College Ph.D., University of Wisconsin M.A., Instructor in Mathematics Associate Professor of History Lecturer in German OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION 215

H. Paul Santmire* Miriam S. Schweber Henry G. Shue A.B., Harvard College; A.B., University of Chicago; B.A., Davidson College; B.D., The Lutheran Theological Seminary; B.S., M.S., University of Wisconsin; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton University Th.D., Harvard University Ph.D., University of Chicago Assistant Professor of Philosophy Lecturer in Religion and Biblical Studies Associate Professor of Biological Sciences Chaplain Frederic W. Shultz William R.Scott B.S., California Institute of Technology; Judith Saunders B.A., Lincoln University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin B.A., M.A., University of California M.A., Howard University; Assistant Professor of Mathematics (Berl^eley); M.A., Ph.D., Princeton University C. Phil., University of California (San Diego) Associate Professor of Black Studies Martin E. Sleeper Instructor in English B.A., Williams College; Judith E. Selwyn3 M.A.T., Ed.D., Harvard University George Savran^ B.S., Brooklyn College; Assistant Professor of Education B.A., University of Rochester; S.M., Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of M.A., Brandeis University Technology Elaine L. Smith^ Instructor in Religion and Biblical Studies Laboratory Instructor in Chemistry B.A., M.A., Wellesley College

Laboratory Instructor in Chemistry Danny L. Scarborough Anne Dhu Shapiro^ B.A., St. Augustine's College; B.A., University of Colorado; Hopkinson Smith* M.A., University of Massachusetts A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University L.T.C.L., Trinity College of Music, London Lecturer in Blacl< Studies Lecturer in Music Instructor in Guitar and Lute Assistant to The Collegium Musicum Alice T. Schafer Curtis Shell B.A., University of Richmond; M.A., Stanford University; Helene V. Smookler S.M., Ph.D., University of Chicago; Ph.D., Harvard University B.A., University of California (Berkeley); Honorary Degree: D.Sc, University of Class of 1919 Professor of Richmond Art M.A., C.Phil., University of California (Los Angeles) Helen Day Gould Professor of Mathematics Annemarie A. Shimony Instructor in Political Science B.A., Northwestern University; Alan Henry Schechter Ph.D., Yale University S. L. Sokoloff* B.A., Amherst College; Professor of Sociology and Anthropology B.F.A., M.F.A., Boston University Ph.D., Columbia University Assistant Professor of Art Associate Professor of Political Science Stefan Shrier B.S., M.S., Columbia University Mariot A. F. Solomon^ R. Steven Schiavo* Lecturer in Computer Science A.B., Radcliffe College B.A., Lehigh University; Director, Computation Laboratory Ph.D., Columbia University Instructor in Art

Assistant Professor of Psychology Alan Shuchat B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 216 OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION

Patricia Meyer Spacks Irene Pierce StiverS Kenneth L. van der Laan B.A., Rollins College; B.A., Brooklyn College; B.A., University of Denver; M.A., Yale University; M.A., Ph.D., Cornell University Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley) Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley) Lecturer in Psychology Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences Professor of English Owen S. Stratton Harold Y. Vanderpool Louis Speyer B.A., Reed College; A.B., Harding College; M.A., Ph.D., Stanford University A.M., Abilene Christian College; Instructor in Oboe S.T.B., Ph.D., Harvard University Ralph Emerson Professor of Political Science Hortense J. Spillers Assistant Professor of Religion and Biblical B.A., M.A., Memphis State University; Roberto. Stuart Studies Ph.D., Brandeis University Diploma, New England Conservatory of Music Linda Kent Vaughan Assistant Professor of English and Instructor in Clarinet B.S., M.A., Russell Sage College; Black Studies Ph.D., Ohio State University Marcia Stubbs Ingrid Stadler B.A., M.A., University of Michigan Associate Professor of Physical Education B.A., Vassar College; Lecturer in English A.M., Ph.D., Radcliffe College Tino Villanueva^ B.A., Southwest Texas State University; Professor of Philosophy Frank Oochran Taylor II M.A., State University of New York (Buffalo) B.A., Yale University George Stambollan Instructor in Spanish Instructor in Organ B.A., Dartmouth College; University of Wisconsin M.A., Ph.D., Susan M. Tendy Mary Crowley Vivian A.B., Radcliffe College Assistant Professor of French B.A., Adelphi University; M.S., Pennsylvania State University Instructor in Organ Ann Kathryn Stehney* Instructor in Physical Education A.B., Bryn Mawr College; Thomas A. VoglerS M.A., Ph.D., State University of New York B.A., University of Chicago; Alice E. Trexler (Stony Brook) M.A., Ph.D., Yale University B.S., New York University; Assistant Professor of Mathematics M.A., Columbia University Visiting Professorof English Assistant Professor of Physical Education Edward A. Stettner Thomas von Foerster B.A., Brov(/n University; Bernard Uzan^ B.S., University of Illinois (Urbana); M.A., Ph.D., Princeton University A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University Lie. en Lettres, University of Paris Associate Professor of Political Science Assistant Professorof Physics Lecturer in French Helen Stewart^ Jacqueline Vaissi&re3 Richard William Wallace A.B., M.A., Boston University College; Docteur de Universite de Grenoble B.A., Williams Ph.D., Princeton University Lecturer in Black Studies M.F.A., Visiting Lecturer in French Associate Professor of Art OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION 217

Ching-yun Wang-Keiser Bonnie E. WIencke Professors Emeriti B.S., National Taiwan Normal University; B.S., Springfield College; Katy Boyd George, M.A. M.S., Ph.D., Northeastern University M.A., University of Wisconsin Associate Professor of Biblical History Lecturer in Chinese Instructor in Physical Education Helen Somersby French, Ph.D. Margaret Ellen Ward Howard J. Wilcox Professor of Chemistry B.A., Wilson College; B.A., Hamilton College; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University Ph.D., University of Rochester Ola Elizabeth Winslow, Ph.D. Professor of English Assistant Professor of German Associate Professor of Mathematics

Ruth Elvira Clark, Litt.D. Judith Callaghan Wason Daniel J. Windham Professor of French A.B., Goucher College; B.Mus., New England Conservatory of Music Ph.D., Columbia University Lecturer in Music Thomas Hayes Procter, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Mathematics Professor of Philosophy Catherine Wolf Eleanor Rudd Webster* B.S., Tufts University; Mary Bosworth Treudley, Ph.D. B.A., Wellesley College; M.A., Ph.D., Brown University Professor of Sociology M.A., Mount Holyoke College; Assistant Professor of Psychology A.M., Ph.D., Radcliffe College Grace Elizabeth Howard, Ph.D. Professor of Chemistry Jo Ann Wong3 Associate Professor of Botany B.S., Heidelberg College Louise Pettibone Smith, Ph.D. Sheila L. Weiner Graduate Assistant in Biological Sciences B.A., Hunter College; Professor of Biblical History M.A., University of Chicago; Richard Yarde Ph.D., Harvard University Marianne Thalmann, Ph.D. B.F.A., M.F.A., Boston University Professor of German Assistant Professor of Art Assistant Professor of Art Jeannette Barry Lane, Ph.B. Ruth Plaut Weinreb Alfred Zighera Associate Professor of Speech B.A., University of Michigan; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University Instructor in Cello Lucy Wilson, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of French Professor of Physics and Dean of Students Claire Zimmerman B.A., Wellesley College; MyraSlff Welss3 Edna Heidbreder, Ph.D. Ph.D., Radcliffe College B.A., M.A., Brandeis University Professor of Psychology Professor of Psychology Instructor in Religion and Biblical Studies Ada May Coe, M.A. Professor of Spanish Dorothea J. Wldmayer* B.A., M.A., Wellesley College; Evelyn Kendrick Wells, M.A. Ph.D., Indiana University Professor of English Professor of Biological Sciences Leiand Hamilton Jenks, Ph.D. Professor of Sociology 218 OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION

Louise Overacker, Ph.D. Dorothy Mae Robathan, Ph.D. Barbara Philippa McCarthy, Ph.D. Professor of Political Science Professor of Latin Professor of Greek

Jorge Guillen, Catedratico de Universidad Agnes Anne Abbot Mary Ruth Michael, Ph.D. Professor of Spanish Professor of Art Professor of English

Waclaw Jedrzejewicz Elizabeth Louise Broyles, M.D. Ernest Rene Lacheman, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Russian Resident Physician Professor of Religion and Biblical Studies

Katharine Canby Balderston, Ph.D. Eva Elizabeth Jones, Ph.D. Sylvia Leah Berkman, Ph.D. Professor of English Professor of Zoology Professor of English

Marion Elizabeth Stark, Ph.D. Edith Brandt Mallory, Ph.D. Herbert Morrison Gale, Ph.D. Professor of Mathematics Professor of Psychology Professor of Religion and Biblical Studies

Helen Thayer Jones, Ph.D. Evelyn Faye Wilson, Ph.D. Delaphine Grace Rosa Wyckoff, Ph.D. Professor of Chemistry Professor of History Professor of Bacteriology

Harriet Cutler Waterman, Ph.D. Teresa Grace Frisch, Ph.D. Hannah Dustin French, M.S. Professor of Zoology Professor of Art and Dean of Students Research Librarian, Special Collections

Ella Keats Whiting, Ph.D. Dorothy Heyworth, Ph.D. Virginia Onderdonk, B.A. Professor of English and Dean Professor of Physics Professor of Philosophy

Mary Leilah Austin, Ph.D. Margaret Elizabeth Taylor, Ph.D. Bartlett Hicks Stoodley, Ph.D. Professor of Zoology Professor of Latin Professor of Sociology

Grace Ethel Hawk, B.Litt. (Oxon.) Concha Breton, Doctoraen Letras Virginia Fleming Prettyman, Ph.D. Professor of English Associate Professor of Spanish Professor of English

Elizabeth Beall, Ph.D. John McAndrew, M.Arch. Thelma Gorfinkle Alper, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Physical Education Professor of Art Professor of Psychology

Lucy WinsorKillough, Ph.D. Barbara Salditt, Ph.D. Hubert Weldon Lamb, A.B. Professor of Economics Associate Professor of German Professor of Music

Magdalene Schindelin, Ph.D. Louise Wilson Roquemore, Ph.D. Harriet B. Creighton, Ph.D. Associate Professor of German Professor of Biology Professor of Botany

Howard Hinners, B.A. Eleanor Milton Tenney, B.A. Sarah J. Hill, Ph.D. Professor of Music Director of Residence Professor of Astronomy

Gladys Kathryn McCosh, Ph.D. Walter Edwards Houghton, Ph.D. Professor of Zoology Professor of English ADMINISTRATION 220 ADMINISTRATION

Office of the President Office of Career Services Office of the Dean of the College

Barbara W. Newell Ph.D. Joan Fiss Bishop M.A. Alice Stone llchman Ph.D. President Director Dean of the College Professor of Economics Professor of Economics and of Education Elfriede C. Maclaurin B.A. Doris E. Drescher B.S. Student Employment Counselor Elizabeths. Blake Ph.D. Executive Secretary to tfie President Dean of Academic Programs Clerk of the Board of Trustees Sandra L. Crump B.A. Career Services Counselor Diane Hallen Flasar B.A. Anne S.Wood B.A. Administrative Assistant Budget Officer Nancy D. Pratt M.A. to the Dean of the College Career Services Counselor Florence Carlson Office of Admission Diane S. Triant M.Ed. Audiovisual Coordinator Career Services Counselor Supervisor of the Language Laboratory Mary Ellen Ames B.A. Director of Admission Vicki Van Steenberg M.Ed. Norma Heyman • Resources Counselor Administrative Secretary Elizabetti M. Chandler B.A. for Faculty Appointments Assistant Director College Information Services Dorothy L. Connolly Barbara L. Furne M. A. Administrative Secretary Assistant Director Rosemarie Matthees Cummings to the Dean of the College Director of Publications Marilyn Kimball M.A. Assistant Director Carolyn Harmon Scott Office of the Dean of Studies Administrator, Information Bureau Maud H. Chaplin Ph.D. Margaret O. Rose B.A. Dean of Studies Assistant Director Assistant Professor of History Office of Special Events Florence L. Washington Doris Holmes Eyges M.A. Administrative Assistant to the Director Margaret Galloway Lafferty B.A. Class Dean Coordinator Lecturer in English Office of Financial Aid Eric W.Kurtz Ph.D. Amelia Botsarls Nychis M.A. Class Dean Financial Aid Officer Joan Barker Melvin Ph.D. Kathryn Osmond M.A. Class Dean Assistant to the Financial Aid Officer Shirley Quinn B.A. Phyllis Kelley M.S. Class Dean Administrative Assistant Director of Academic Assistance Programs ADMINISTRATION 221

Office of Continuing Education Rebecca Herman Cooper B.A. , M.A., M.S. Office of Student Services Technical Services Librarian Betty Lou Nitchle l\flarple Ed.M. Susan R. Fedo M.A. Director Coordinator, Student Services Mary Wallace Davidson B.A., M.S. Director, Schneider College Center Music Librarian Rosemary D. Hutcheson B.A. Assistant Director ArlineS. Tyler M.A. Ann Davis Greene B.S. in Ed., M.S. Director, Harambee House Serials Librarian Office of the Recorder Joan Nathanson B.A. Eleanor Adams Gustafson 6.S., M.S. Advisor, Slater International Center Gwenyth Morgan Rfiome M.A. Associate Librarian, Technical Services Recorder Stephen J. Nelson M.A.R. Madeline Cohen Herzlinger B.A., M.S. Assistant Director, Schneider College Center Eleanor Witten Cataloger Administrative Assistant to the Recorder Alice M. Roodkowsky Sally Blumberg Linden B.A., M.S. Administrative Assistant, Student Services Readers Services Librarian Office of Educational Research Claire Tucker Loranz B.A., M.S. Arthur Ralph Gold Ph.D. Office of Residence Documents Librarian Director of Educational Research Joyce S. Wadlington Ed.M. Associate Professor of English Eleanor Louise Nicholes B.A., M.S., Ph.D. Director Special Collections Librarian Dorothy Duquet Office of the Science Center Wilma Ruth Slaight B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Administrative Assistant Nancy H. Kolodny Ph.D. Archivist Director of the Science Center Assistant Professor of Chemistry Joan Spillsburg Stockard B.A., M.S. College Health Services Readers Services Librarian Thomas J. Keighley M.D. Leslie B. Ehrmann B.A. Director of Health Services Coordinator of the Science Center Helen Tomlinson Walker B.A., M.S. Cataloger Elizabeth Veeder M.D. Associate Physician Margaret Clapp Library

Helen Margaret Brown B.A., B.S., M.S. Gertrude E. Murray M.D. Librarian Associate Physician

Edith Shapero Alpers B.A., IVI.S. Asha Wallace M.D. Senior Cataloger Associate Physician

TomiraWltkowskaBuxellB.A., LL.M., M.S. Ann Stewart-Burton M.D. Senior Cataloger in Reclassification Consulting Gynecologist

Elizabeth Simmons Cookson B.A., M.S. Harold Dixon Stalvey M.D. Acquisitions Librarian Consulting Psychiatrist 222 ADMINISTRATION

Jeannette Hatfield Corwin M.D. Office of Personnel Office of the Vice President for Resources Associate Consulting Psychiatrist Lucille M. Knight Albert E. Holland M.A., LL.D. (Hon.) Acting Director Lionel Abbott Scliwartz M.D. Vice President for Resources Associate Consulting Psychiatrist Phyllis Shapiro Fanger M.Ed. Office of Physical Plant Associate Director for Annual Giving Programs Counseling Services Albert M.Coffey, Jr. B.S. Director Joseph M. Hobbs B.S. Carol F. Baird Ph.D. Associate Director Director, Office Counseling Anthony R. Oterl Clinical Psychologist Assistant Director Faith Clough Degenhart M.R.E. Assistant Director Donald L.Polk M.S. W. Human Relations Consultant John Louis Leiievre Elvira Kisteneff Coordinator, Commission on Community Life Director, Purchasing Assistant Director

Karen Whitmore B.A. Office of tfie Chaplaincy Elizabeth Cornwall B.S. Assistant Director The Rev. H. Paul Santmire Th.D. Director, Food Services Chaplain Nancy Adier Lewis B.A. Lecturer in Religion and Biblical Studies Director for Special Projects Richard P. M.B.A. Companion ' The Rev. Susan R. Andrews M.Div. Director, Systems and Data Processing Catharine B. Butchman B.A. Acting Chaplain for 1974-75 Coordinator of Research

William L. Biggart, Jr. Sonia Turner Office of the Vice President Manager, Duplicating Services Office Manager for Business Affairs

Joseph Kiebala, Jr. M.A. Carolyn A. Bruns Vice President for Business Affairs Manager, Wellesley College Club

Office of the Controller Mary H. Farnham Harry Bertram Jones Manager, College Post Office Controller

Annette S. Potenza Assistant Controller

Richard L. Lewis B.S./B.E. Bursar ALUMNAE ORGANIZATION 224 ALUMNAE ORGANIZATION

Alumnae Office Alumnae Association Chairman, Class Fund Programs Board of Directors Mrs. Robert R. Luton Mitchell Morgan B.A. Anne 15 Duffy's Lane Executive Director President Darien, Connecticut 06820 Mrs. James M. Collins Marion Saunders Chapman B.A. 10311 Gaywood Road Chairman, Clubs Assistant Director for Alumnae Council Dallas, Texas 75229 Financial Secretary Mrs. Stanley M. Goldberg 7019Tupa Drive First Vice President Joan Gardner Minneapolis, Minnesota 55435 Administrative Assistant Mrs. Sam R. Watkins 80 Clapboard Ridge Road Chairman, Communications Greenvi/ich, Connecticut 06830 Caroline Canterbury Hatch B.A. Mrs. Peter S. Mansfield Assistant Director for Classes and Reunions Old Coach Road Second Vice President Weston, Massachusetts 02193 Elizabeth Darlington Havens B.A. Mrs. Francis G. Jenkins Assistant Director for Clubs Blair Road Ex Officiis Williamstown, 01267 Massachusetts Mrs. Vance N. Morgan Alumnae Magazine Alumnae Executive Director Secretary

Mary C. Lyons B.A. Louise Osborne Knight Miss Mary C. Lyons Editor (Mrs. Daniel J. Clement) Editor, Wellesley Alumnae Magazine 30 South 18th Street Lewisburg, Pennsylvania 17837 Alumnae Trustees

Mrs. Richard R. Green (1970-1976) Treasurer Shaker Heights, Ohio Mrs. Hiroshi Nishino 281 Country Drive Betsy Ancker-Johnson (1971-1977) Weston, Massachusetts 021 93 (Mrs. Harold Hunt Johnson) Washington, D.C. Chairman, Campus Mrs. John D. Anderson (1972-1978) Mrs. Willard S. Levings Golden, Colorado 20 Nantucket Road Wellesley, Massachusetts 02181 Mrs. Camilla C. Spear (1974-1980) Pasadena, California Chairman, Class Officers

Mrs. Kennard E. Voyles Miss Kathie Ann Whipple (1974-1977) 7425 Brushmore N.W. South Yarmouth, Massachusetts North Canton, Ohio 44720 ALUMNAE ORGANIZATION 225

National Development Fund Committee Trustee Member Chairman Mrs. Morse Johnson 9 Far Hills Drive Mrs. James M. Kemper, Jr. Cincinnati, Ohio 45208 1231 West 57th Street Kansas City, Missouri 64113 Chairman, Major Gift Societies

Chairman, Friends Program Mrs. Robert D. Kestnbaum 442 West Wellington Avenue Mrs. Gordon S. Bodek Chicago, Illinois 60657 148 South Bristol Avenue Los Angeles, California 90049 Chairman, Class Fund Programs

Chairman, Bequests and Deferred Gifts Mrs. Robert R. Luton 15 Duffy's Lane Mrs. David W. Gaiser Darien, Connecticut 06820 West 61 2 Sumner Avenue Spokane, Washington 99204 Trustee Member Chairman, Key Gifts Secretary Mrs. Carl M. Mueller Ms. Betsy Geist 435 East 52nd Street University of Pennsylvania New York, New York 1 0022 3451 Walnut Street Philadelphia, Pennsylvania19174 Chairman, Foundations Chairman, Clubs Miss Elizabeth Paschal 569 Patricia Lane Mrs. Stanley M. Goldberg Palo Alto, California 94303 7019 Tupa Drive Minneapolis, Minnesota 55435 Trustee Member

Chairman, Geographic Representatives Mrs. Lewis Rumford II 4401 Greenway Mrs. E. Alfred Herberich Baltimore, Maryland 21218 834 Standish Avenue Westfield, New Jersey 07090 Assistant to the Chairman for Key Gifts

Vice Chairman, Bequests and Deferred Gifts Mrs. John C. Whitehead 131 Old Chester Road Mrs. Francis G. Jenkins Essex Fells, New Jersey 07021 Blair Road Williamstown, Massachusetts 01267 226 GIFTS TO WELLESLEY Gifts to Wellesley

Wellesley has deep gratitude for the gifts of alumnae, friends, and parents without whose

support it could not maintain its standards of excellence. The College welcomes outright gifts of cash, gifts of securities, and gifts of other property. The College provides income for life to donors who invest in either an Annuity or a Life Income Plan.

Forms of Bequests

An unrestricted bequest to Wellesley may be worded:

"I give to Wellesley College, Wellesley, IVlassachusetts, the sum of dollars."

In the case of a bequest for a specific pur-

pose, it is wise to allow considerable latitude in the use of any fund, so that changing con- ditions will not impairthe usefulness of the gift. Thus, such a bequest may be expressed;

"I give to Wellesley College, Wellesley, Massachusetts, the sum of dollars, the income only to be used for " (Here de- scribe the purpose in as broad and simple terms as possible, as for example, faculty salaries or scholarships.) The more limited

the use, the more important it is to add a pro- vision such as, "If, in the future, the Trustees of the College determine that the Bequest is

no longer needed for the purpose for which it

was bequeathed, they may use it to meet other needs of the College, but the name of the Fund will always remain in Wellesley's records."

A residuary bequest to Wellesley may read as follows;

"All the rest, residue and remainder of my real

and personal estate, I give to Wellesley Col- lege, Wellesley, Massachusetts." INDEX

Academic Career Services Office, 31 Faculty, see Officers of Instruction calendar, 3 Chapel, 39 Federal Income Tax Return, distinctions, 46 23 Chemistry courses, 74-76 Fees and expenses, 19-22 tionors In ttie major field, 46 Child Study Center, 38 annual fee, 19 standards, 43 Chinese courses, 78-79 continuing education, summary, 32 22 Civil Service, 48 general deposit, 19 Acceleration, 44 Classical civilization, interdepartmental major, 196 graduate student, Administration, 220-222 22 Classical and Near Eastern archaeology, plans of Admission, 13-15 payment, 19, 20-21 interdepartmental major, 197 reservation fee, 19 application for, 13 College, history of, 9-10 room retainer fee, 19 campus visit, 13 College Entrance Examination Board tests, 13-14 special fees and expenses, 19 College Entrance Examination Board tests, 13-14 College Government, 10 student activity fee, 19 criteria for, 13 Colloquia, freshman-sophomore, 45, 204 Fellowships deferred entrance, 14 Community involvement, 46 Slater, 45, 46 early evaluation, 14 Continuing education, 22, 48 Waddell, 45, 46 foreign students, 14 Correspondence, 4 Fellowships and graduate scholarships, 24 general requirements forfrestiman applicants, 13 Counseling resources, 30 for graduates and undergraduates graduate students. 15 of Wellesley Courses of instruction, 50-204 College, 24 interview, 13 Credit for graduates of other plans, 14 institutions, 25 for advanced placement examination, 43 Financial transfer aid, 23 students, 15 for community involvement, 46 application for, 23 U.S. citizens living abroad, 14 for other academic work, 44 Federal Income Tax Return, 23 Advanced placement, credit for, 43 for summer school and independent study, 46 Parents' Confidential Alumnae Hall, 39 Statement, 23 Cross-registration, (Massachusetts Institute of payments, 19 Alumnae, 224-225 Technology, 45 Foreign language requirements, 42 Association, Board of Directors, 224 Curriculum, 42-48 Foreign students trustees, 224 admission of, 14 National Development Fund Committee, 225 countries, 33 American Studies, individual major, 199 Degrees French courses, 96-98 Anthropology courses, 176-179 B.A., requirements for, 42 Archaeology Freshman N/I.A., requirements for, 48 admission requirements, 13 classical and Near Eastern, interdepartmental Dental school, 48 Freshman-sophomore major, 197 colloquia, 45, 204 Development, national committee, 225 Art courses, 52-58 Dormitories, 29, 38 Arts center, 37 Geology courses, 100-102 Astronomy courses, 60-61 German courses, 104-106 Early evaluation, 14 Gifts and bequests, 226 East Asian studies, interdepartmental major, 197 Grading, 43 Bachelor of Arts degree, requirements for, 42 Economics courses, 82-84 Graduate students Biblical studies courses, 166-170 Economic internship program, 45 admission, 15 Biological sciences courses, 64-67 Education courses, 86-87 fees. 22 Black Studies courses, 70-72 Emeriti professors, 217 fellowships and scholarships, Buildings, see Campus 25 Employment, student, 31 Greek and Latin courses, 108-112 English courses, 90-94 Greek courses, 108-109 Enrollment, 32-33 Green Hall, 40 Calendar, 3 Examinations, 43 Greenhouses, 37 Campus, description of, 37-40 advanced placement, 43 map of, 28 exemption, 44 Career, preparation for, 47 Exchange Program, Twelve College, 45 Expenses, general, 22 Extradepartmental courses, 190-193 M

228 INDEX

Harambee House, 39 Physical education courses, 144-146 Teaching, student preparation for, 47, 48 Health professions, 48 Physics courses, 148-150 Theatre studies courses, 186-187 Health services, 30 Plans of payment, 19, 20-21 Theatre studies, individual major, 200 infirmary, 40 Political science courses, 152-158 Transfer students nnedical insurance, 19 Presidents, 8 admission, 15 History courses, 114-121 President's House, 40 Trustees, board of, 6 History of science courses, 191 Psychology courses, 160-164 Tuition Honors in the major field, 46 payments, 19, 20-21 Twelve College Exchange Program, 45 Readmission, 47 Individual majors, 199 Refunds, 19, 22 Individual study, 45 Religion and Biblical studies courses, 166-170 Urban internship program, 45 Infirmary, 40 Religious resources, 30 Urban studies, individual major, 201 Insurance, medical, 19 Required studies Interdepartmental majors, 196-201 exemption from, 44 Internships, summer, 45-46 Requirements Visitors, 4 Interview, 13 distribution, 42 Italian courses, 124-125 foreign language, 42 other, 42 Waddell Fellowships, 45, 46 Research, student, 45 Washington internship program, 45 Jevwett Arts Center, 37 Residence halls, 29, 38 Wellesley College Club, 40 Jobs, 31 Russian courses, 172-173 Withdrawal, 47 Junior Year Abroad, 45 Women's studies, individual major, 201

Sage, 37 Latin courses, 110-112 Schneider College Center, 39 Leave of absence, 47 Science Center, 37 Library, 38 Scholarships Loans, 23 graduate, 25 trustee, 25, 46 undergraduate, see Financial Aid Major, 43 Scholastic aptitude and achievement tests, 13 Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Secondary school preparation, 47 cross-registration, 45 Sigma Xi, 46 Master of Arts degree, requirements for, 48 Slater fellowships, 45, 46 Mathematics courses, 128-130 Slater International Center, 39 Medical insurance, 19 Society houses, 39 Photographs by; Paul Birnbaum, Fred Brink, Molly Medical school, 48 Sociology and anthropology courses, 176-179 Butler '77, Chalue, Earl Dinsmore, Mark Feldberg, Molecular biology, interdepartmental major, 198 Spanish courses, 182-184 Foster-Bush Studio, Owen Franken, Anita Music courses, 132-135 Sports facilities, 29 Henderson '75, Bradford Herzog, Joan Jasionis, Student life, 29 Legenda, Eric Levenson, Molly Matthews, Richard Students Nugent, Julie O'Neil, Karin Rosenthal, Nancy National Development Fund Committee, 225 academic summary, 32 Scanlon, Chip Vincent. from other countries, 14 geographical distribution, 33 Observatory, 37 Students' Aid Society, 23 Produced by the Wellesley College Officers of instruction, 206-218 Study abroad Office of Information Services junior year, 45 summer, 46 Printer: Rapid Service Press, Boston Parents' Confidential Statement, 23 Summers, 31 Printed on 100% recycled paper Phi Beta Kappa, 46 internships, 45-46 Philosophy courses, 138-141 September 1974 31